+ All Categories
Home > Documents > IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ......

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ......

Date post: 08-Aug-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 1 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
247
MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified. Modification could affect its perfor- mance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from modification may not be covered under NISSAN war- ranties. All information, specifications and illustra- tions in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without no- tice and without obligation. You will see various symbols in this manual. They are used in the following ways: WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed precisely. CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed carefully. If you see this symbol, it means ‘‘Do not do this’’ or ‘‘Do not let this happen.’’ © 1998 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC. TORRANCE, CALIFORNIA. All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, with- out the prior written permission of Nissan North America, Inc., Torrance, California. The inside pages of this manual contain a minimum of 50% recycled fibers, including 10% post-consumer fibers. APD1005 IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Transcript
Page 1: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its perfor-mance, safety or durability, and mayeven violate governmental regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from modificationmay not be covered under NISSAN war-ranties.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect at thetime of printing. NISSAN reserves the right tochange specifications or design without no-tice and without obligation.

You will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNINGThis is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death orserious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTIONThis is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedcarefully.

If you see this symbol, it means ‘‘Do not dothis’’ or ‘‘Do not let this happen.’’

© 1998 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.TORRANCE, CALIFORNIA.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form,or by any means, electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise, with-out the prior written permission of NissanNorth America, Inc., Torrance, California.

The inside pages of this manual containa minimum of 50% recycled fibers,including 10% post-consumer fibers.

APD1005

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUAL

Z X

Page 2: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Welcome To The World Of NISSAN

Your new NISSAN is the result of our dedicationto produce the finest in safe, reliable and eco-nomical transportation. Your vehicle is the prod-uct of a successful worldwide company thatmanufactures cars and trucks in over 17 coun-tries and distributes them in 170 nations.

NISSAN vehicles are designed and manufac-tured by Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. which wasfounded in Tokyo, Japan in 1933, and NISSANaffiliates world wide, collectively growing to be-come the fifth largest automaker in the world. Inaddition to cars and trucks, NISSAN also makestextile machinery, fork-lift trucks, marine engines,boats and other products.

NISSAN has made a substantial and growinginvestment in North America, starting with theopening of Nissan Motor Corporation U.S.A. in1960, and continuing with the production of some

cars and trucks at one of the world’s mostmodern manufacturing facilities, Nissan MotorManufacturing Corporation U.S.A. in Smyrna,Tennessee, vehicle styling at Nissan Design In-ternational in San Diego, California, and engi-neering at Nissan Research and Development inFarmington Hills, Michigan.

Nissan Motor Corporation U.S.A. and its dealersindirectly employ about 60,000 Americans.

NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to theCanadian economy. Nissan Canada Inc., its sup-pliers and over 150 dealers employ approxi-mately 4,500 people. These include companyemployees and the staffs of NISSAN dealers allacross Canada. In addition, many Canadianswork for companies that supply NISSAN andNISSAN dealers with materials and servicesranging from operation of port facilities and trans-

portation services to the supply of lubricants,parts and accessories.

NISSAN pioneered the use of electronics andcomputers in automobiles, and has led the indus-try in improving both performance and fuel effi-ciency through new engine designs and the useof synthetic materials to reduce vehicle weight.The company has also developed ways to buildquality into its vehicles at each stage of theproduction process, both through extensive useof automation and — most importantly —through an awareness that people are the cen-tral element in quality control.

From the time the parts arrived from our suppli-ers until you took delivery of your new NISSAN,dozens of checks were made to ensure that onlythe best job was being done in producing anddelivering your vehicle. NISSAN also takes greatcare to ensure that when you take your NISSANto your dealer for maintenance, the service tech-nician will perform his work according to thequality standards that have been established bythe factory.

Safety has also been built into your NISSAN. Asyou know, seat belts are an integral part of thesafety systems that will help protect you and yourpassengers in the event of a sudden stop or anaccident. We urge you to use the seat belts everytime you drive the vehicle.

The NISSAN story of growth and achievementreflects our major goal: to provide you, ourcustomer, with a vehicle that is built with qualityand craftsmanship — a product that we can beproud to build and you can be proud to own.

AFW0001

Z X

Page 3: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMNISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction withyour vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assistyou with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide NISSAN directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact our (NISSAN’s) Consumer Affairs De-partment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. mainland customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Hawaii customers(808) 836-0888 (Oahu Number)

For Canada customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:— Your name, address, and telephonenumber— Vehicle identification number (on dash-board)— Date of purchase— Current odometer reading— Your NISSAN dealer’s name— Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the informa-

tion on the left at:

For U.S. mainland and Alaska custom-ers

Nissan Motor Corporation U.S.A.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191Gardena, California 90248-0191

For Hawaii customersNissan Motor Corporation in Hawaii2880 Kilihau St.Honolulu, Hawaii 96819

For Canada customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

Z X

Page 4: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Z X

Page 5: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Table ofContents

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance

Technical and consumer information

Index

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Page 6: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Z X

Page 7: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

1 Seats, restraints and supplemental airbag systems

Front bucket seats..................................................1-2Seat adjustment .....................................................1-2Tilting front bucket seat (King cab modelsonly)........................................................................1-3Front 60/40 bench seats ........................................1-4Seat adjustment .....................................................1-4Tilting front 60/40 bench seat ................................1-5Head restraints .......................................................1-6Bench seat .............................................................1-6Seat adjustment......................................................1-6Tilting bench seat ...................................................1-7Jump seats .............................................................1-8Supplemental restraint system (supplementalair bag system).......................................................1-9Supplemental air bag system ...............................1-12Passenger supplemental air bag on/off switchand light. ...............................................................1-14Warning labels......................................................1-17Supplemental air bag warning light ......................1-17

Seat belts .............................................................1-19Precautions on seat belt usage ...........................1-19Child safety...........................................................1-20Pregnant women ..................................................1-21Injured persons ....................................................1-21Three-point type with retractor .............................1-22Two-point type without retractor (center of60/40 bench seat) ................................................1-24Two-point type without retractor (jump seatand center of bench seat) ....................................1-25Seat belt extenders ..............................................1-27Seat belt maintenance .........................................1-27Child restraints ....................................................1-28Front facing installation on front passengerseat (three-point type with retractor)....................1-29Rear facing installation on front passengerseat (three-point type with retractor)....................1-32Top strap child restraint .......................................1-35

Z X

Page 8: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNINGI Do not ride in a moving vehicle when

the seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt willnot be against your body. In an acci-dent you could be thrown into it andreceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide under thelap belt and receive serious internalinjuries.

I For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatbelt properly. See ‘‘Precautions onseat belt usage’’ later in this section.

SEAT ADJUSTMENTWARNING

I Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving. The seat may move sud-denly and could cause loss of con-trol of the vehicle.

I After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securely locked.

Forward and backwardPull the lever up and hold it while you slidethe seat forward or backward to the desiredposition. Release the lever to lock the seatin position.

ARS1152 ARS1206

FRONT BUCKET SEATS

1-2 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 9: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

RecliningTo recline the seatback pull the lever up andlean back. To bring the seatback forward,pull the lever up and lean your body forward.The seatback moves forward. Release thelever to lock the seatback in position.

TILTING FRONT BUCKET SEAT(King cab models only)The front passenger’s seat can be tilted tomake it easier for jump seat passengers toget in and out.To tilt the seatback, pull the reclining leverup or push the tilt lever down. The seatautomatically moves forward.To return the seat, move the whole seat back-ward, then push the seatback up until it locks.

WARNINGAfter adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securely locked.

ARS1207 ARS1025

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-3

Z X

Page 10: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

SEAT ADJUSTMENT

WARNING

I Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving. The seat may move sud-denly and could cause loss of con-trol of the vehicle.

I After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securelylocked.

Forward and backwardPull the lever up while you slide the seatforward or backward to the desired position.Release the lever to lock the seat in posi-tion.

RecliningTo recline the seatback pull the lever up andlean back. To bring the seatback forward,pull the lever up and lean your body for-ward. The seatback moves forward. Re-lease the lever to lock the seatback inposition.

ARS1208ARS1209

FRONT 60/40 BENCH SEATS

1-4 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 11: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

TILTING FRONT 60/40 BENCHSEATThe front passenger’s seat can be tilted tomake it easier for jump seat passengers toget in and out.

To tilt the seatback, pull the reclining leverup or push the tilt lever down. The seatautomatically moves forward.

To return the seat, move the whole seatbackward, then push the seatback up until itlocks.

WARNINGAfter adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securely locked

ARS1025

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-5

Z X

Page 12: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

HEAD RESTRAINTS

To raise the head restraint, pull it up. Tolower, push the lock knob, then push thehead restraint down.

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide signifi-cant protection against injury in an ac-cident. Do not remove them. Check theadjustment after someone else usesthe seat.

Adjust the top of the head restraint evenwith the tops of your ears.

NOTE:

The head restraints on the bench seatare not adjustable.

SEAT ADJUSTMENT

WARNINGI Do not use a child restraint in the

center position of the front benchseat. This position is not suitable forchild restraint installation.

I Do not adjust the bench seat whiledriving. The seat may move sud-denly and could cause loss of con-trol of the vehicle.

I After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securely locked.

MPA0001 ARS1130 ARS1210

BENCH SEAT

1-6 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 13: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Forward and BackwardPull the lever up and hold it while you slidethe seat forward or backward to the desiredposition. Release the lever to lock the seatin position.

TILTING BENCH SEAT

The bench seat can be tilted forward tomake it easier to remove the jacking toolsfrom the storage area.

To tilt the seatback, push the tilting lever

down, then pull the seatback forward.

WARNINGAfter adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securely locked.

APD0703

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-7

Z X

Page 14: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Pull down the armrest/storage compart-ment. Push the release button and lift thearmrest assembly to the upright position toaccess the storage compartment and cupholder.

WARNINGDo not sit on the armrest. The armrestis not a seating surface. Using the arm-rest as a seating surface may causeserious injury in an accident.

WARNINGI Do not install a child restraint in the

jump seats (King Cab model). Theseseats are not suitable for child re-straint installation.

I When folding the jump seat, be carefulnot to squeeze your finger betweenthe seat cushion and the body side.

ARS1085

ARS1026

JUMP SEATS

1-8 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 15: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

This Supplemental Restraint System sectioncontains important information concerningthe driver and passenger supplemental airbags. The Supplemental Restraint SystemAir Bags can help reduce impact force to thedriver and front passenger in certain frontalcollisions. The supplemental air bags aredesigned to supplement the crash protec-tion provided by the driver and front passen-ger seat belts and are not a substitute forthem. The seat belts should always be cor-rectly worn and the driver and front passen-ger seated a suitable distance away from thesteering wheel and instrument panel. See‘‘Seat belts’’ for instructions and precautionson seat belt usage later in this section.

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ON orSTART position.

WARNINGI The supplemental air bags ordinarily

will not inflate in the event of a sideimpact, rear impact, roll over, orlower severity frontal collision. Al-ways wear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity of injuryin various kinds of accidents.

I The seat belts and the supplementalair bags are most effective when youare sitting back and upright in theseat. Supplemental air bags inflatewith great force. If you are unre-strained, leaning forward, sittingsideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injuryor death in a crash and may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries fromthe supplemental air bag if you areup against it when it inflates. Alwayssit back against the seatback and as

far away as practical from the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-ways use the seat belts.

I Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk that they are injured when thesupplemental air bag inflates.

ARS1151

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (supplemental air bagsystem)

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-9

Z X

Page 16: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

ARS1153 ARS1041

ARS1042

1-10 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 17: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNING

I Never let children ride unrestrained.Do not attempt to hold them in yourlap or arms. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions are shown inthe previous illustrations.

I Children may be severly injured orkilled when the supplemental air baginflates if they are not properly re-strained.

I Never install a rear-facing child re-straint in the front seat without turn-ing OFF the air bag. Be sure to turnthe air bag OFF. An inflating supple-mental air bag could seriously injureor kill your child. See ‘‘Child re-straints’’ later in this section for de-tails.

ARS1043

ARS1044

ARS1098

ARS1099

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-11

Z X

Page 18: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

The driver supplemental air bag is located inthe center of the steering wheel. The passen-ger supplemental air bag is located in the topright section of the instrument panel.

These systems are designed to meet optionalcertification requirements under U.S. regula-

tions. They are also permitted in Canada. Theoptional certification allows air bags to bedesigned to inflate somewhat less forcefullythan previously. However, all of the informa-tion, cautions and warnings in this manualstill apply and must be followed.

The supplemental air bag system is designedto inflate in higher severity frontal collisions,although it may inflate if the forces in anothertype of collision are similar to those of a higherseverity frontal impact. It may not inflate incertain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (orlack of it) is not always an indication of propersupplemental air bag system operation.The front passenger supplemental air bag isequipped with an ON/OFF switch. Becauseno rear seat exists where a rear facing childrestraint can be secured, the switch is de-signed to turn OFF the passenger supple-mental air bag so that a rear facing childrestraint can be used in the front passengerseat. See ‘‘Passenger supplemental air bagON/OFF switch and light’’ later in this sectionfor details.When the supplemental air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed bythe release of smoke. This smoke is notharmful and does not indicate a fire, butcare should be taken not to unintentionallyinhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.The supplemental air bags, along with the useof the seat belts, helps to cushion the impactforce on the face and chest of the occupant. It

ARS1186

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGSYSTEM

1-12 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 19: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

can help save lives and reduce serious inju-ries. However, an inflating supplemental airbag may cause facial abrasions or other inju-ries. Supplemental air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.Seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the steering wheel orinstrument panel. Since the supplementalair bags inflate quickly in order to helpprotect the front occupants, the force of thesupplemental air bag inflating can increasethe risk of injury if the occupant is too closeto or against the supplemental air bag mod-ule during inflation.The supplemental air bags deflate quicklyafter a collision.The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ON orSTART position.

WARNINGI Do not attach any objects to the

steering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or on the instru-ment panel. Such objects may

become dangerous projectiles andcause injury if the supplemental airbag inflates.

I Right after inflation, several supple-mental air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; youmay severely burn yourself.

I No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental air bag system. Thisis to prevent accidental inflation ofthe supplemental air bag or damageto the supplemental air bag system.

I Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, sus-pension system or front end structure.This could affect proper operation ofthe supplemental air bag system.

I Tampering with the supplemental airbag system may result in serious per-sonal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheel and theinstrument panel assembly by placingmaterial over the steering wheel pad,above the dashboard, or by installingadditional trim material around thesupplemental air bag system.

I Work around and on the supplementalair bag system should be done by anauthorized NISSAN dealer. Installa-tion of electrical equipment shouldalso be done by an authorized NIS-SAN dealer. The yellow SRS wiring-should not be modified or discon-nected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the supple-mental air bag system.

I SRS wiring harnesses are coveredwith yellow insulation either just be-fore the harness connectors or overthe complete harness for easy iden-tification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the supplementalair bag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this owner’s manual.

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-13

Z X

Page 20: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

PASSENGER SUPPLEMENTALAIR BAG ON/OFF SWITCH ANDLIGHT

WARNINGAir bags and seat belts are designed towork as a unit. Do not switch the air bagOFF unless you meet federal govern-ment criteria. Switching off the air bagmay increase the risk of serious or fatalinjuries in a collision where the air bagwould have inflated.

In rare instances, some passengers areexposed to serious injury risks from inflatingair bags, especially if not properly re-strained. The U.S. and Canadian federalgovernments recognize other limited circum-stances in which an air bag could reducesafety. The passenger air bag ON/OFFswitch is, therefore, allowed in this vehicle.Because the overall benefits of air bags aregreat, in most situations air bags should notbe switched off unless special governmentcriteria exist.

The passenger air bag ON/OFF switch islocated in the center of the instrumentpanel, near the ashtray. It can be used to

ARS1187

1-14 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 21: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

turn the passenger supplemental air bagOFF.

The ON/OFF switch should ONLY be usedto turn the passenger supplemental air bagOFF when the following government criteriaexists:

I Infants (less than 1 year old) in rearfacing child restraints MUST be placedin the front passenger seat.

I Children ages 1-12 years MUST beplaced in the front passenger seat.

I The passenger has a medical conditionwhich, according to a physician, causesthe air bag to pose a special risk andmakes the potential harm from the air-bag greater than the potential harmfrom turning off the air bag.

Seat belts and child restraints should al-ways be properly used. See “Precautionson seat belt usage” and “Child restraints”later in this section for details.

To turn the passenger supplemental air bagOFF, insert the ignition key in the passengersupplemental air bag ON/OFF switch andturn the switch clockwise to the OFF position.Then remove the key. When the ignition isturned to the ON or START position the

passenger air bag OFF indicator light willilluminate to indicate the air bag is OFF. Toturn the passenger supplemental air bag ON,insert the ignition key in the passengersupplemental air bag ON/OFF switch andturn the switch counter clockwise to the ONposition. Then remove the key. When theignition is turned to the ON or START posi-tion the passenger air bag OFF indicator lightwill illuminate for 7 seconds to indicate thesystem is working properly and then go out toindicate that the passenger supplemental airbag is ON.

When the switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, the passenger supplemental air bag isenabled and could inflate in a frontal colli-sion. When the switch is turned to the OFFposition, the passenger supplemental airbag is disabled and will not inflate in afrontal collision. The passenger supplemen-tal air bag OFF indicator light on the instru-ment panel illuminates when the passengersupplemental air bag ON/OFF switch isturned to the OFF position. The driver’s sidesupplemental air bag always remains en-abled and is not affected by the passengersupplemental air bag ON/OFF switch.

The passenger supplemental air bag light,

displaying OFF in the center of the instru-ment panel, monitors the position of thepassenger supplemental air bag ON/OFFswitch. When the ignition key is in the ON orSTART position, the light illuminates forabout 7 seconds and then turns off if the airbag is ON/OFF switch is in the ON position,or stays on if the passenger supplementalair bag ON/OFF switch is in the OFFposition.

WARNING

I Do not switch the airbag OFF unlessyou meet the federal government cri-teria outlined previously. This ve-hicle is equipped with seat belts witha ″load limiter ″ feature. The seatbelts are designed to work with theair bags to reduce the risk of injuryin a collision. The seat belts aredesigned to release additional beltwebbing during some collisions toreduce the concentration of force onthe occupant’s chest area. In a colli-sion with the airbag turned OFF, theseat belt may allow the occupantenough forward movement to incurserious or fatal injuries.

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-15

Z X

Page 22: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I Keep the passenger supplementalair bag ON/OFF switch turned ONunless a rear-facing child restraintmust be used in the front seat, ifchildren ages 1-12 must be placed inthe front seat, or if the passengerhas a medical condition, which, ac-cording to a physician, causes theair bag to pose a special risk of harm(the federal government criteria). Ifthe switch is OFF, the air bag will notinflate in a collision as designed andthe extra protection provided by theair bag may be lost.

I Be sure to turn the passengersupplemental air bag ON/OFF switchOFF when using a rear facing childrestraint in the front passenger seat.If it is not OFF, the air bag may inflatein a collision. The force of the rapidlyinflating air bag could cause seriousinjury or kill the child in the childrestraint. Children ages 1-12 andpersons with special medical condi-tions may also be at risk from aninflating air bag.

I If the supplemental air bag warninglight located in the instrument panelnext to the speedometer comes onwhen the passenger supplementalair bag OFF light is also illuminated,something may be wrong with the airbag system. Infants, children ages1-12 or persons with special medicalconditions should not use the frontpassenger seat until the system ischecked by your NISSAN dealer.

1-16 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 23: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Warning labels about the supplemental airbag system are placed in the vehicle asshown in the illustration.

The supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits of the supplemental airbag system. The circuits monitored by thesupplemental air bag warning light are thediagnosis sensor unit, the supplemental airbag modules and all related wiring.

When the ignition key is in the ON or STARTposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following system conditionsoccur, the supplemental air bag system

ARS1188 ARS1029

WARNING LABELS SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-17

Z X

Page 24: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

needs servicing and should be taken to yournearest authorized NISSAN dealer:

1. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on and remain on for 7seconds and then go off as described.

2. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently or remains on.

3. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the SupplementalRestraint System (supplemental air bagsystem) may not function properly. It mustbe checked and repaired.

WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thesupplemental air bag system will notoperate in an accident.

Repair and replacement procedureThe supplemental air bag modules are de-signed to inflate on a one-time-only basis.As a reminder, unless it is damaged, thesupplemental air bag warning light remainsilluminated after inflation has occurred.

Repair and replacement of the supplemen-tal air bag system should be done only byan authorized NISSAN dealer.

To ensure long-term functioning, thesupplemental air bag system must beinspected 10 years after the date ofmanufacture noted on the certificationlabel located on the driver side rear doorjamb pillar.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the supplemental air bag systemand related parts should be pointed out tothe person conducting the maintenance. Theignition key must always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood orinside the vehicle.

WARNINGI Once the supplemental air bag in-

flates, the supplemental air bagmodule will not function again andshould be replaced by an authorizedNISSAN dealer. The supplemental airbag module cannot be repaired.

I The supplemental air bag systemshould be inspected by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer if there is anydamage to the front end portion ofthe vehicle.

I If you need to dispose of the supple-mental air bag or scrap the vehicle,contact an authorized NISSANdealer. Correct supplemental air bagdisposal procedures are set forth inthe appropriate NISSAN ServiceManual. Incorrect disposal proce-dures could cause personal injury.

1-18 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 25: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEYour chances of being injured in an accidentand/or the severity of injury may be greatlyreduced if you are wearing your seat beltand it is properly adjusted. NISSAN stronglyencourages you and all of your passengersto buckle up every time you drive, even ifyour seating position includes a supplemen-tal air bag.Most U.S. States and Canadian prov-inces or territories may specify that seatbelts be worn at all times when a vehicleis being driven.

WARNINGI Every person who drives or rides in

this vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be prop-erly restrained and, if appropriate, inchild restraints.

I The belt should be properly adjustedto a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in an acci-dent. Serious injury or death can occurif the seat belt is not worn properly.

I Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across yourchest. Never run the belt behind yourback, under your arm or across yourneck. The belt should be away fromyour face and neck, but not fallingoff your shoulder.

I Position the lap belt as low as pos-sible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too highcould increase the risk of internalinjuries in an accident.

ARS1154 ARS1100

SEAT BELTS

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-19

Z X

Page 26: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I Be sure the seat belt tongue is se-curely fastened to the proper buckle.

I Do not wear the belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

I Do not allow more than one personto use the same belt.

I Never carry more people in the ve-hicle than there are seat belts.

I Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or in a slide-in camper or othertype cargo area cover while the vehicleis in motion. These areas do not con-tain seat belts. It is not designed forpassengers. They could be injured insudden braking or a collision.

I If the seat belt warning lamp glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may indi-cate a malfunction in the system.Have the system checked by an au-thorized NISSAN dealer.

I All seat belt assemblies includingretractors and attaching hardwareshould be inspected after any colli-sion by an authorized NISSAN dealer.NISSAN recommends that all seat-belt assemblies in use during a colli-sion be replaced unless the collisionwas minor and the belts show nodamage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assemblies not inuse during a collision should also beinspected and replaced if either dam-age or improper operation is noted.

CHILD SAFETYChildren need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

The proper restraint depends on thechild’s size. Generally, infants up toabout 1 year and less than 20 pounds (9kg) should be placed in rear facing childrestraints. Front facing child restraintsare available for children who outgrowrear facing child restraints.

WARNINGI Be sure to turn the passenger

supplemental air bag ON/OFF switchOFF when using a rear facing childrestraint in the front passenger seat.If it is not OFF, the air bag may inflatein a collision. The force of the rapidlyinflating air bag could cause seriousinjury or kill the child in the childrestraint.

I Do not install a child restraint in thejump seats (King Cab model). Theseseats are not suitable for child re-straint installation.

ARS1103

1-20 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 27: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I Do not install a child restraint in thecenter position of the front benchseat. This position is not suitable forchild restraint installation.

I Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts maynot fit them properly. The shoulderbelt may come too close to the face orneck. The lap belt may not fit overtheir small hip bones. In an accident,an improperly fitting seat belt couldcause serious or fatal injury. Alwaysuse appropriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. See‘‘Child restraints’’ later in this section formore information.In addition, there are many types of childrestraints available for larger children whichshould be used for maximum protection.

NISSAN recommends that all preteensand children be restrained in the rearseat if available. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer when prop-erly restrained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

This is especially important becauseyour vehicle has a supplemental re-straint system (Supplemental air bagsystem) for the front passenger (For pre-cautions, see ‘‘Supplemental restraintsystem’’ earlier in this section). Also, see‘‘Passenger air bag ON/OFF switch andlight’’ earlier in this section.

Infants and small childrenNISSAN recommends that infants and smallchildren be seated in child restraints thatcomply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards. You should choose achild restraint which fits your vehicle andalways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for child re-straints should be seated and restrained bythe seat belts which are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulderbelt that fits close to the face or neck, theuse of a booster seat (commercially avail-able) may help overcome this. The boosterseat should raise the child so the shoulderbelt is properly positioned across the top,

middle portion of the shoulder and the lapbelt is low on the hips. The booster seatshould fit the vehicle seat and have a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the childhas grown so the shoulder belt is no longeron or near the face and neck, use theshoulder belt without the booster seat.

WARNINGNever let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo areas while the vehicle is mov-ing. The child could be seriously in-jured or killed in an accident.

PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. Contact your doctor for spe-cific recommendations. The lap belt shouldbe worn snug and positioned as low aspossible around the hips, not the waist.

INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury.Check with your doctor for specific recom-mendations.

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-21

Z X

Page 28: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

THREE-POINT TYPE WITHRETRACTOR

WARNINGI Every person who drives or rides in

this vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be prop-erly restrained and, if appropriate, ina child restraint.

I Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident

you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

I For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatbelt properly.

Fastening the seat belt1. Adjust the seat.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retrac-tor and insert the tongue into the buckleuntil it clicks.

The retractor is designed to lock duringa sudden stop or on impact. A slowpulling motion permits the seat belt tomove, and allows you some freedom ofmovement in the seat.

3. Position the lap belt portion low on thehips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack.

The front passenger seat belt has a cinch-ing mechanism for child restraint installa-tion. It is referred to as the automatic lockingmode.

When the cinching mechanism is activatedthe seat belt cannot be extracted again untilthe seat belt tongue is detached from thebuckle and the seat belt is fully retracted.

ARS1104 ARS1189

1-22 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 29: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

See ‘‘Child restraints ’’ later in this section formore information.The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installation.During normal seat belt use by a passen-ger, the locking mode should not beactivated. If it is activated it may causeuncomfortable seat belt tension.

Unfastening the seat beltTo unfasten the seat belt, press the buttonon the buckle. The seat belt automaticallyretracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement by two separate meth-ods:

1) When the seat belt is pulled quickly fromthe retractor.

2) When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat

belts, check the operation as follows.

I Grasp the shoulder belt and pull quicklyforward. The retractor should lock andrestrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, or if you have any questions aboutseat belt operation, see an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

ARS1054

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-23

Z X

Page 30: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Shoulder belt height adjustment(front seats only)The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See‘‘Precautions on seat belt usage’’ earlier inthis section.) To adjust, squeeze the adjust-ment buttons and move the shoulder beltanchor to the desired position, so the beltpasses over the center of the shoulder. Thebelt should be away from your face andneck, but not falling off of your shoulder.Release the adjustment buttons to lock theshoulder belt anchor into position.

WARNINGI After adjustment, release the but-

tons and try to move the shoulderbelt anchor up and down to makesure it is securely fixed in position.

I The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the en-tire restraint system and increasethe chance or severity of injury in anaccident.

TWO-POINT TYPE WITHOUT RE-TRACTOR (Center of 60/40 benchseat)On 60/40 bench seat equipped models, thecenter seat belt buckle and tonque areidentified by the word CENTER. The centerseat belt tongue can be fastened only into thecenter seat belt buckle.

Pull down and latch the armrest/storagecompartment lid and push up the arm restassembly to the upright position.

ARS1113 ARS1190

1-24 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 31: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

TWO-POINT TYPE WITHOUTRETRACTOR (Jump seat andcenter of bench seat)

WARNINGI Do not install a child restraint in the

jump seats (King Cab model). Theseseats are not suitable for child re-straint installation.

I Do not install a child restraint in thecenter position of the front benchseat. This position is not suitable forchild restraint installation.

I Serious or fatal injury could occur.

Selecting the correct set of seatbeltsThe center seat belt buckle and tongue areidentified by by the word CENTER. Thecenter seat belt tongue can only be fas-tened into the center seat belt buckle.

Fastening the seat belt1. Insert the tongue into the buckle until it

clicks.

ARS1114 ARS1055

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-25

Z X

Page 32: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

2. Tighten the belt by pulling the free end ofthe belt away from the tongue, then pullthe belt clip to take up the slack.

3. Position the lap belt low on the hips asillustrated.

4. Loosen the belt by holding the tongue ata right angle to the belt, then pull on thebelt.

ARS1115 ARS1076 ARS1057

1-26 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 33: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Unfastening the beltTo unfasten the belt, press the button on thebuckle.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position,it is not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender isavailable which is compatible with the in-stalled seat belts. The extender adds ap-proximately 8 inches (200 mm) of lengthand may be used for either the driver or frontpassenger seating position. See an autho-rized NISSAN dealer for assistance if theextender is required.

WARNING

I Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with NISSANseat belts.

I Persons who can use the standardseat belt should not use an extender.Such unnecessary use could resultin serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCEI To clean the seat belt webbings, apply

a mild soap solution or any solutionrecommended for cleaning upholstery orcarpet. Then wipe with a cloth and allowthe seat belts to dry in the shade. Do notallow the seat belts to retract until theyare completely dry.

I If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoul-der belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

I Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, suchas buckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors, work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts or otherdamage on the webbing is found, theentire seat belt assembly should be re-placed.

ARS1058

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-27

Z X

Page 34: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNINGI Infants and small children should

always be placed in an appropriatechild restraint while riding in the ve-hicle. Failure to use a child restraintcan result in serious injury or death.

I Children and infants should never becarried on your lap. It is not possiblefor even the strongest adult to resistthe forces of a severe accident. Thechild could be crushed between theadult and parts of the vehicle. Also,do not put the same seat belt aroundboth your child and yourself.

I Never install a rear-facing child re-straint in the front seat, unless thepassenger supplemental air bag isOFF. Be sure to turn the passengersupplemental air bag ON/OFF switchOFF. An inflating air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child. See‘‘Passenger supplemental air bagON/OFF switch and light’’ earlier inthis section.

I An improperly installed child re-straint could lead to serious injury ordeath in an accident.

I In general, child restraints are de-signed to be installed with a lap beltor the lap portion of a three-pointtype seat belt.

Child restraints for infants and small chil-dren of various sizes are offered by severalmanufacturers. When selecting any childrestraint, keep the following points in mind:1) Choose only a restraint with a label cer-

tifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

2) Check the child restraint in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with the vehi-

cle’s seat and seat belt system. Choosea child restraint that meets the guidelinesof the Society of Automotive Engineersrecommended practice J1819 for childrestraint installation.

3) If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Always followall of the recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and provinces of Canadarequire that infants and small children berestrained in an approved child restraintat all times while the vehicle is beingoperated.

WARNING

I Do not install a child restraint in thejump seats (King Cab model). Theseseats are not suitable for child re-straint installation.

I Do not install a child restraint in thecenter position of the front benchseat. This position is not suitable forchild restraint installation.

ARS1098

CHILD RESTRAINTS

1-28 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 35: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I Improper use of a child restraint canresult in increased injuries for boththe infant or child and other occu-pants in the vehicle.

I Follow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for in-stallation and use. When purchasinga child restraint, be sure to selectone which will fit your child andvehicle as it may not be possible toproperly install some types of childrestraints in your vehicle.

I If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a collision or a suddenstop greatly increases.

I Adjustable seatbacks should be po-sitioned to fit the child restraint, butas upright as possible.

I After attaching the child restraint,test it before you place the child in it.Tilt it from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the beltholds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten thebelt as necessary.

I For a front facing child restraint,check to make sure the shoulder beltdoes not go in front of the child’sface or neck. If it does, put the shoul-der belt behind the child restraint.

I When your child restraint is not inuse, keep it secured with a seat beltto prevent it from being thrownaround in case of a sudden stop oraccident.

CAUTIONRemember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the childrestraint.

FRONT FACING INSTALLATIONON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT(Three-point type with retractor)

WARNINGI Keep the passenger supplemental

air bag ON/OFF switch turned ONunless a rear-facing child restraint isused in the front seat. If the switch isOFF the air bag will not inflate in acollision as designed.

ARS1109

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-29

Z X

Page 36: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I The three-point belt in your vehicleis equipped with an automatic lock-ing mode retractor which must beused when installing a child re-straint.

I Failure to use the retractor’s lockingmode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The re-straint could tip over or otherwise beunsecured and cause injury to thechild in a sudden stop or collision.

I Be sure to turn the passengersupplemental air bag ON/OFF switchOFF when using a rear facing childrestraint in the front passenger seat.If it is not OFF, the air bag may inflatein a collision. The force of the rapidlyinflating air bag could cause seriousinjury or kill the child in the childrestraint.

I If the supplemental air bag warninglight located in the instrument panelnext to the speedometer comes onwhen the passenger supplemental airbag OFF indicator light is also illumi-nated, something may be wrong

with the supplemental air bag sys-tem. Do not use a child restraint in thefront passenger seat until the systemis checked by your NISSAN dealer.

WARNINGWhen installing a rear facing child re-straint, the passenger supplemental airbag must be disabled using the ON/OFFswitch. See ‘‘Passenger supplementalair bag ON/OFF switch and light’’ earlierin this section.

If you choose to install a child restraint in thefront seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the frontpassenger seat. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s instructions.

ARS1093

1-30 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 37: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert the belt tongueinto the buckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage. Be sure to follow the childrestraint manufacturer’s instructions forbelt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, theretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on thebelt to remove any slack in the belt.

ARS1073 ARS1034 ARS1074

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-31

Z X

Page 38: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward tomake sure it is securely held in place.

6. Check that the retractor is in the auto-matic locking mode by trying to pull morebelt out of the retractor. If you cannot pullany more belt webbing out of the retrac-tor, the belt is in the automatic lockingmode.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thebelt is not locked, repeat steps threethrough six.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the automaticlocking mode (child restraint mode) is can-celed.

REAR FACING INSTALLATIONON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT(Three-point type with retractor)

WARNINGI Keep the passenger supplemental

air bag ON/OFF switch turned ONunless a rear-facing child restraint isused in the front seat. If the switch isOFF the air bag will not inflate in acollision as designed.

I Be sure to turn the passengersupplemental air bag ON/OFF switchOFF when using a rear facing childrestraint in the front passenger seat.If it is not OFF, the air bag may inflatein a collision. The force of the rapidlyinflating air bag could cause seriousinjury or kill the child in the childrestraint. See ‘‘Passenger supple-mental air bag ON/OFF switch andlight’’ earlier in this section.

I If the supplemental air bag warninglight located in the instrument panelnext to the speedometer comes onwhen the passenger supplemental air

ARS1111

1-32 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 39: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

bag OFF indicator light is also illumi-nated, something may be wrong withthe air bag system. Do not use a childrestraint in the front passenger seatuntil the system is checked by yourNISSAN dealer.

I The passenger three-point seat beltis equipped with an automatic lock-ing mode retractor which must beused when installing a child re-straint.

I Failure to use the automatic lockingmode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The re-straint could tip over or otherwise beunsecured and cause injury to thechild in a sudden stop or collision.

If you choose to install a child restraint,follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the frontpassenger seat. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert the belt tongueinto the buckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage. Be sure to follow the childrestraint manufacturer’s instructions forbelt routing.

ARS1105 ARS1106

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-33

Z X

Page 40: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on thebelt to remove any slack in the belt.

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward tomake sure it is securly held in place.

6. Ensure the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more beltout of the retractor. If you cannot pull anymore belt webbing out of the retractor,the belt is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thelap belt is not locked, repeat steps threethrough six.

ARS1092 ARS1107 ARS1108

1-34 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 41: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted the automaticlocking mode (child restraint mode) is can-celed.

TOP STRAP CHILD RESTRAINTIf your child restraint has a top strap, installthe anchor bracket to the provided anchorpoint. Anchor bracket hardware must beinstalled. The top strap anchor bracket hard-ware is available through an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

Part # 88894-89900

Secure the child restraint with the three-point seat belt and latch the top strap hookonto the anchor bracket. Make sure theshoulder belt is placed between the seatback and child restraint. To install the an-

chor bracket, a metric bolt of the dimensionslisted below must be used.

Bolt diameter: 8.0 mmBolt length: at least 1.18 in (30 mm)Thread pitch: 1.25 mm

WARNINGI Do not install a child restraint in the

center position of the front benchseat. This position is not suitable forchild restraint installation.

I A child restraint anchor point is de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances isit to be used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

ARS1191

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-35

Z X

Page 42: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Anchor point locationAn anchor point is located under the rearwindow. The back panel carpet is perforatedto allow access to the anchor point.

An authorized NISSAN dealer can assistyou with the installation of your child re-straint.

ARS1129

1-36 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 43: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

2 Instruments and controls

Meters and gauges ................................................2-2Speedometer and odometer ..................................2-3Tachometer (if so equipped) ..................................2-5Engine coolant temperature gauge........................2-5Fuel gauge .............................................................2-6Warning/indicator lights and chimes ......................2-7Theft warning (if so equipped) .............................2-13Headlight and turn signal switch ..........................2-15Daytime running light system (Canada only) .......2-15Front fog light switch (if so equipped)..................2-16Windshield wiper and washer switch ...................2-17Instrument brightness control...............................2-17

Hazard warning flasher switch .............................2-18Cigarette lighter (accessory) and ash tray ...........2-18Power point (if so equipped) ................................2-19Cup holder (if so equipped) .................................2-20Dome light and cargo light ...................................2-21Map lights (if so equipped)...................................2-21Manual windows...................................................2-22Power windows (if so equipped) ..........................2-22Automatic power window switch ..........................2-23Rear sliding window (if so equipped)...................2-23Sunroof (if so equipped).......................................2-24

Z X

Page 44: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

AIC1082

METERS AND GAUGES

2-2 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 45: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

OdometerThe odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

AIC1022

SPEEDOMETER ANDODOMETER

Instruments and controls 2-3

Z X

Page 46: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Trip odometerThe trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips. Before each trip reset thetrip odometer.

Push the reset knob to change the displayas follows:ODO (odometer),TRIP A,TRIP B,ODO.

Push and hold the reset knob for more than1 second to reset either trip odometer.

AIC1086

2-4 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 47: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (r/min).

CAUTIONWhen engine speed approaches thered zone, shift to a higher gear. Operat-ing the engine in the red zone maycause serious engine damage.

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature.

The engine coolant temperature varies withthe outside air temperature and driving con-ditions.

CAUTIONIf the gauge indicates over the normalrange, stop the vehicle as soon assafely possible. If the engine is over-heated, continued operation of the ve-hicle may seriously damage the engine.See the ‘‘In case of emergency’’ sectionfor immediate action required.

AIC0744 AIC0737

TACHOMETER(if so equipped)

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE

Instruments and controls 2-5

Z X

Page 48: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

The gauge indicates the APPROXIMATEfuel level in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during brak-ing, turning, acceleration, or going up ordownhill.

The gauge needle is designed to hold itsposition when the ignition key is turned OFF.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters E (Empty).

CAUTION

If the vehicle is driven with the fuel levelvery low, the malfunction indicator lightmay come on. Refuel as soon as pos-sible. After driving for a while, the lightshould remain off. If the light remainson, have the vehicle inspected by anauthorized NISSAN dealer.

For additional information, see the″Malfunction indicator light (MIL) ″ laterin this section.

AIC0738

FUEL GAUGE

2-6 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 49: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Turn signal/hazard indicator lightsLow fuel warning light(if so equipped)

or Anti-lock brake warninglight

or Brake warning light Low washer fluid warning light Supplemental air bag warning light

High beam indicator light 4-wheel drive indicator lightPassenger supplemental air bagOFF indicator light.

Seat belt reminder light and chimeCruise indicator light(if so equipped)

Automatic transmission park warninglight

Engine oil pressure warning lightOverdrive off indicator light(automatic transmission only)

Automatic transmission oil temperaturewarning light

Charge warning light Malfunction indicator light

Checking bulbsApply the parking brake and turn the ignitionkey to ON without starting the engine. Thefollowing lights come on:

, , , or , ,

If the driver side seat belt is fastened thelight will not come on.

The following lights come on briefly andthen go off:

or ,

If any light fails to come on, it may indicatea burned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system repairedpromptly.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTSAND CHIMES

Instruments and controls 2-7

Z X

Page 50: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

These lights flash when the turn signalswitch or hazard switch is turned on.

or Brake warninglight

This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

When the ignition key is in the ON position,the light comes on when the parking brakeis applied and also warns of a low brakefluid level. If the light comes on while theengine is running with the parking brake notapplied, stop the vehicle and perform thefollowing:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. See ‘‘Brake and clutch fluid’’in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ section of thismanual.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

I Your brake system may not be work-ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for repairs.Otherwise have your vehicle towed.

I Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase your stop-ping distance and require greaterpedal effort as well as pedal travel.

I If the level is below the minimummark on the brake fluid reservoir, donot drive until the brake system hasbeen checked at an authorized NIS-SAN dealer.

High beam indicator light

This blue light comes on when the headlighthigh beams are on and goes out when thelow beams are selected.

The high beam indicator light also comes onwhen the passing signal is activated.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fastenyour seat belts. If the driver’s seat belt isNOT securely fastened when the ignitionkey is turned to ON or START, the chimesounds five times and the light illuminates.

Supplemental air bagwarning light

When the ignition key is in the ON or STARTposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental restraint system needs ser-vicing and your vehicle must be taken to anauthorized authorized NISSAN dealer:

1. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on and remain on for 7seconds and then go off as describedabove.

2. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently or remains on.

2-8 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 51: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

3. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplemen-tal restraint system may not function properly.For additional details on the Supplementalrestraint system (Supplemental air bag sys-tem), see the ‘‘Seats, restraints and supple-mental air bag systems’’ section of thismanual

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the airbag will not operate in an accident.

Passenger supplemental airbag OFF indicator light

The passenger supplemental air bag isequipped with an ON/OFF switch. Theswitch is located in the center of the instru-ment panel, near the ashtray. When theswitch is turned to the ON position, thepassenger supplemental air bag is enabledand could inflate in a frontal collision. Whenthe switch is turned to the OFF position, thepassenger supplemental air bag is disabledand will not inflate in a frontal collision. The

passenger supplemental air bag OFF indi-cator light on the instrument panel illumi-nates when the passenger supplemental airbag ON/OFF switch is turned to the OFFposition. The driver’s side supplemental airbag always remains enabled and is notaffected by the passenger supplemental airbag ON/OFF switch. The key for the pas-senger supplemental air bag ON/OFFswitch should not be left in the switch.Remove the key after turning the switch inthe desired position. Do not leave a key inthe switch. See “Passenger supplementalair bag ON/OFF switch and light” in Section1 for details.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normaldriving, pull off the road in a safe area, stopthe engine immediately and call an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

The oil pressure warning light is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Usethe dipstick to check the oil level. See‘‘Engine oil’’ in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ sectionof this manual.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the oil pres-sure warning light on could cause seri-ous damage to the engine almost im-mediately. Turn off the engine as soonas it is safe to do so.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate a problem with thecharging system. Turn the engine off andcheck the generator belt. If the belt is loose,broken, missing or if the light remains on, seean authorized NISSAN dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the belt isloose, broken or missing.

Low fuel warning light(if so equipped)

This light comes on when the fuel in the tankis low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E(Empty).

Instruments and controls 2-9

Z X

Page 52: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

There will be a small reserve of fuelremaining in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches E (Empty).

Low washer fluid warninglight (Canada only)

This light comes on when the washer tankfluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid asnecessary. See ‘‘Window washer fluid’’ inthe ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ section of this manual.

4-wheel drive indicator light

This light comes on when the transfer shiftcontrol lever is in the 4H or 4L position.

WARNING

I When parking the vehicle, apply theparking brake and always make sureto shift the transfer control leversinto the 2H, 4H or 4L position.

I Failure to engage the transfer leverin 2H, 4H or 4L could result in thevehicle moving unexpectedly, whichin turn could result in serious per-sonal injury or property damage.

Automatic transmission parkwarning light( model)

This light indicates that the automatic trans-mission parking function is not engaged. Ifthe transfer control is not secured in anydrive position while the automatic transmis-sion selector lever is in the P position, thetransmission will disengage and the wheelwill not lock.

Shift the transfer control lever into the 2H or4L position when the warning light comeson.

I When parking, always make sure that thetransfer lever is in H or 4L and theparking brake is set.

I If the ATP light is ON, this indicates thatthe automatic transmission P position willnot function and the transfer lever is in N(neutral).

I Failure to engage the transfer controllever in H or 4L could result in the vehiclemoving unexpectedly, resulting in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

Automatic transmission oiltemperature warning light( model)

This light comes on when the automatictransmission oil temperature is too high. Ifthe light comes on while driving, reduce thevehicle speed as soon as safely possibleuntil the light turns off.

Continued vehicle operation when theA/T oil temperature warning light is onmay damage the automatic transmis-sion.

Cruise indicator light (if soequipped)

This light comes on while the vehicle speedis controlled by the cruise control system. Ifthe CRUISE indicator blinks, have the sys-tem checked by an authorized NISSANdealer.

or Anti-lock brake warn-ing light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate a potential problemwith the anti-lock brake system. Have the

2-10 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 53: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

system checked by an authorized NISSANdealer.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, theanti-lock function ceases but the ordinarybrakes continue to operate normally.

If the light comes on while you are driving,contact an authorized NISSAN dealer forrepair.

Overdrive off indicator light(if so equipped)

This light comes on when the overdriveswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

Key reminder chimeThe chime sounds when the driver’s door isopened and the key is left in the ignitionswitch. Take the ignition key when you leavethe vehicle.

Light reminder chimeA chime sounds if the driver’s door isopened with the headlight switch on unlessthe ignition key is in the ON position. Turnthe headlight switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requires re-placement, it makes a high pitched scrapingsound when the vehicle is in motion whetheror not the brake pedal is depressed. Havethe brakes checked as soon as possible ifthe warning sound is heard.

Malfunction indicator light(MIL)

If the malfunction indicator light comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running,it may indicate a potential emission controlproblem.

The malfunction indicator light may alsocome on steady or blink if the fuel filler caphas not been closed tightly or if the fuel tankis nearly empty. Check to make sure the fuelcap is secure and that you have at leastthree gallons (14 liters) of fuel in the fueltank.

Operation

After driving for a while, the light shouldremain off if no other potential emisssioncontrol system problem exists.

The malfunction indicator light will come onin one of two ways:I Malfunction indicator light on steady − An

emission control system malfunction hasbeen detected. Have the vehicle in-spected by an authorized NISSANdealer. You do not need to have yourvehicle towed to the dealer.

I Malfunction indicator light blinking − Anengine misfire has been detected whichmay damage the emission control sys-tem. To reduce or avoid emission controlsystem damage:I do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH

(72 km/h).I avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.I avoid steep uphill grades.I if possible, reduce the amount of cargo

being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and come on steady.Have the vehicle inspected by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

Instruments and controls 2-11

Z X

Page 54: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reducedfuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.

2-12 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 55: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

The theft warning system provides visualand audio alarm signals if parts of thevehicle are disturbed.

How to activate the theft warningsystem

1. Close all windows.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close the hood and both doors.

4. Push the button on the multi-remote controller. Both doors lock. Thehazard lights flash twice and the horn

beeps once to indicate both doors arelocked.

I When the button is pushed with bothdoors locked, the hazard lights flash twiceand the horn beeps once as a reminder thatthe doors are already locked. The horn mayor may not beep once. Refer to ‘‘silencingthe horn beep feature’’ later in this section.

The system can be activated even if thewindows are open.

5. Confirm that the SECURITY indicatorlight comes on. The SECURITY lightglows for about 30 seconds and thenbegins to flash once every three seconds.The system is now activated. If, duringthis 30-second time period, the door isunlocked by the key or the multi-remotecontroller, or the ignition key is turned toACC or ON, the system will not activate.

I If the key is turned slowly when lock-ing the door, the system may not acti-vate. Furthermore, if the key is turnedexcessively to the unlock position, thesystem may be deactivated when thekey is removed. If the indicator lightfails to glow for 30 seconds, unlockthe door once and lock it again.

I Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willactivate with both doors, and hoodlocked and ignition key off. Turn theignition key to ACC or ON to turn thesystem off.

The theft warning system is NOT activated ifone of the following occurs:

I A door is unlocked or the ignition key isturned to the ACC or ON position duringthe 30 seconds in which the SECURITYlight stays on.

I The SECURITY light blinks at a steady1/2 second on - 1/2 second off rate (adoor, or the hood is open and the key isnot in the ACC or ON position). When theignition key is turned to the ACC or ONposition, the SECURITY light turns off.

Theft warning system operationThe theft warning system emits the follow-ing alarm:

I The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently. In addition, the starter mo-tor does not operate.

I The alarm automatically turns off after 2 to3 minutes. However, the alarm reactivates

IC0005

THEFT WARNING(if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 2-13

Z X

Page 56: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

if the vehicle is tampered with again. Thealarm can be shut off by unlocking a doorwith the key or by pressing the but-ton on the multi-remote controller.

The alarm is activated by:

I opening a door without using the key(even if the door is unlocked by releasingthe door inside lock switch).

I opening the hood.

How to stop the alarmThe alarm stops only by unlocking a doorwith the key or by pressing the buttonon the multi-remote controller. The alarmdoes not stop if the ignition switch is turnedto ACC or ON position.

Silencing the horn beep featureIf desired, the horn beep feature can bedeactivated using the multi-remote controller.

To deactivate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least two

seconds.The hazard lights will quickly flash threetimes to confirm that the horn beep featurehas been deactivated.

To activate: Press and hold the andbuttons for at least two seconds

once more.

The hazard lights will quickly flash threetimes to confirm that the horn beep featurehas been reactivated.

Deactivating the horn beep feature does notsilence the horn if the alarm is triggered.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by anauthorized NISSAN dealer.

AIC1037

2-14 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 57: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

LightingTurn the switch to the position:The front combination, rear combination,license plate and instrument panel lightscome on.

Turn the switch to the position:The headlights come on and all the otherlights remain on.

To select the high beam function, push thelever forward. The high beam lights comeon and the light illuminates. Pull it backto select the low beam.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTSYSTEM (Canada only)

The headlights automatically illuminate at areduced intensity when the engine is startedwith the parking brake released. The day-time running lights operate with the head-light switch in the OFF position or in the

position. Turn the headlight switchto the position for full illuminationwhen driving at night. If the parking brake isapplied before the engine is started, thedaytime running lights do not illuminate. Thedaytime running lights illuminate once theparking brake is released. The daytime run-

ning lights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is turned off.

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle willnot be on. It is necessary at dusk toturn on your headlights. Failure to doso could cause an accident injuringyourself and others.

Passing signalPulling the lever toward you turns on theheadlight high beam.

AIC1038

HEADLIGHT AND TURNSIGNAL SWITCH

Instruments and controls 2-15

Z X

Page 58: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Turn signalMove the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signal cancels automatically.

Lane change signalTo indicate a lane change, move the leverup or down to the point where the indicatorlight begins to flash, but the lever does notlatch.

To turn the front fog lights on, rotate theswitch to the position.

To turn them off, rotate the switch to theOFF position.

The headlight switch must be in theposition (low beam headlights on) for

the fog lights to operate. The fog lightsautomatically turn off whenever the highbeam headlight function is selected.

AIC0618

FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH(if so equipped)

2-16 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 59: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

The ignition switch must be in the ON positionfor the wipers or washer to be activated. Pushthe lever down to operate the wipers, and pullthe lever toward you to operate the washer.Operating the washer automatically cyclesthe wipers several times.

Intermittent wiper operation can be adjustedfrom 1 to 19 seconds by turning the timecontrol knob (Type C only).

CAUTIONI Do not operate the washer continu-

ously for more than 30 seconds.

I Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

WARNINGIn freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which maylead to an accident. Warm the wind-shield with the defroster before youwash the windshield.

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the light switch is in the or

position.

Turn the control to adjust the brightness ofthe instrument panel lights.

AIC1084

AIC1023

WINDSHIELD WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

Instruments and controls 2-17

Z X

Page 60: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNINGI When stalled or stopped on the road-

way under emergency conditions,move the vehicle well off the road.

I Do not use the hazard warning flash-ers while moving on the highwayunless unusual circumstances forceyou to drive so slowly that your ve-hicle might become a hazard to othertraffic.

I Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The hazard warning flashers can be actu-ated with the ignition switch in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving. The cigarette lighter element is an acces-

sory. A genuine NISSAN cigarette lighter orequivalent can be purchased from an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

The cigarette lighter operates when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Push the lighter in all the way. When thelighter is heated, it springs out.

Return the lighter to its original position afteruse.

SIC0050 AIC1024

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH

CIGARETTE LIGHTER(accessory) AND ASH TRAY

2-18 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 61: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNINGThe cigarette lighter should not beused while driving so that full attentionmay be given to the driving operation.

CAUTIONThe cigarette lighter socket is a powersource for the cigarette lighter elementonly. The use of the cigarette lightersocket as a power source for any otheraccessory is not recommended.

POWER POINT (if so equipped)There is a power point for powering acces-sories mounted in the instrument panel. It israted at 12 Volts 120 Watts maximum.

AIC1041

Instruments and controls 2-19

Z X

Page 62: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNING

The cup holder should not be usedwhile driving so that full attention maybe given to the driving operation.

CAUTION

I Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liq-uid is hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

I Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

Some cup holders have a rubber insert thatcan be removed for cleaning and for usinglarger cups.

AIC1025

AIC1061 AIC1026

AIC1085

CUP HOLDER(if so equipped)

2-20 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 63: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Each dome light has a three-position switchand operates regardless of ignition keyposition.

I When the switch is in the OFF position,the dome light does not illuminate, re-gardless of door position.

I When the switch is in the center q orDOOR position, the dome light illumi-nates by opening a door.

I When the switch is in the ON position,the dome light illuminates whether eitherdoor is opened or closed.

Cargo light operationOn some King Cab models, the light can beused as a cargo light by simply pulling thelight down. This light is convenient at nightwhen loading cargo.

For information regarding dome light bulbreplacement, refer to “Bulb replacement” inthe ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ section of this manual.

CAUTIONLeaving the dome light switch in the ONposition for extended periods of timewill result in a discharged battery.

AIC1045

AIC0704

DOME LIGHT AND CARGOLIGHT

MAP LIGHTS(if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 2-21

Z X

Page 64: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

The side windows can be opened or closedby turning the hand crank on each door.

To open a window on the driver side, turnthe crank clockwise. To close a window, turnthe crank counterclockwise.

To open a window on the passenger side,turn the crank counterclockwise. To close awindow, turn the crank clockwise.

WARNING

I Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclebefore closing the windows. Use thewindow lock switch to prevent unex-pected use of the power windows.

I Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controlsand become trapped in a window.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in a serious accident.

The power window operates when the igni-tion key is ON.To open the driver window, press the driverswitch and hold it down. To close the win-dow, lift the switch up. The driver sidecontrol panel (driver’s switch) also opens orcloses the passenger side window.

Locking passenger’s windowWhen the lock button is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened orclosed. Push it in again to cancel the win-dow lock function.

AIC0648 AIC1027

MANUAL WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS(if so equipped)

2-22 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 65: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Passenger power window switchThe passenger switch opens or closes thepassenger window. To open the window,push the switch and hold it down. To closethe window, lift the switch up.

AUTOMATIC POWER WINDOWSWITCHTo fully open the driver window, completelypress the driver window switch down andrelease it; it need not be held. The windowautomatically opens all the way. To stop thewindow, lift the switch up while the windowis opening.

Squeeze the handles of the lever, then slidethe window open.

AIC1028 AIC0615 AIC0745

REAR SLIDING WINDOW(if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 2-23

Z X

Page 66: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Tilting upPull the handle down, then push the handleup to the fully tilted position.

WARNINGI In an accident you could be thrown

from the vehicle through an opensunroof. Always use seat belts andchild restraints.

I Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the sunroof opening while thevehicle is in motion or while thesunroof is closing.

CAUTIONI Remove water drops, snow, ice or

sand from the sunroof before open-ing.

I Do not place heavy objects on thesunroof or surrounding area.

ClosingPull the handle forward to unlock, then pushthe handle up completely to lock the sunroofclosed.

IC0197 IC0198

SUNROOF(if so equipped)

2-24 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 67: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNING

Do not remove or install the sun shadewhile driving so that full attention maybe given to the driving operation.

Removing the sun shade1. Turn each lock bolt counterclockwise

while lifting the sun shade upward.

2. Slide the shade backward to remove it.

Installing the sun shade1. Insert the two hooks on the front edge of

sun shade into holders on the sunroof.

2. Align the two lock bolts on the rear edgeof sun shade with the lock nuts, thensecurely tighten the lock bolts, one quar-ter turn.

AIC1083

Instruments and controls 2-25

Z X

Page 68: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Removing the sunroof

WARNING

Do not remove the sunroof while driv-ing so that full attention may be givento the driving operation.

1. Remove the sun shade.

2. Tilt the sunroof up.

3. Push the knobs located on each end ofthe handle and push the sunroof up-wards to disengage the handle linkage.

4. Pull the sunroof up from outside of the

vehicle until it is perpendicular to the roofpanel.

5. Slide the sunroof to the left and removeit.

Installing the sunroof1. While placing the sunroof perpendicular

to the roof panel, position the sunroofand engage the retainer with the hinge.

2. Slide the sunroof to the right until the redmark on the hinge disappears.

3. Carefully lower the sunroof, making sureit is centered with in the roof opening.

4. Push the knobs located on each end ofthe handle and engage the handle link-age.

Be sure the sunroof is securely installed.

SIC0072 SIC0073

2-26 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 69: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Key .........................................................................3-2Door locks ..............................................................3-2Power door lock (if so equipped) ...........................3-3Multi-remote control system (if so equipped).........3-4Battery replacement ...............................................3-7Hood release..........................................................3-8Glove box ...............................................................3-9Fuel filler cap..........................................................3-9

Tailgate latch........................................................3-10Tie down hooks....................................................3-12Tilting steering wheel (if so equipped) .................3-13Outside mirror remote control (if so equipped)....3-13Outside mirrors.....................................................3-14Inside mirror .........................................................3-14Vanity mirror (if so equipped)...............................3-15

Z X

Page 70: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

A key number is supplied with your key.

Record the key number and keep it in a safeplace (such as your wallet), NOT IN THEVEHICLE. If you lose your keys, see anauthorized NISSAN dealer for duplicates byusing the key number. NISSAN does notrecord key numbers so it is very important tokeep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, thiskey can be duplicated by an authorizedNISSAN dealer or locksmith.

WARNINGI Always have the doors locked while

driving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helpingto prevent persons from beingthrown from the vehicle. This alsohelps keep children and others fromunintentionally opening the doors,and will help keep out intruders.

I Before opening the door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traffic.

I Do not leave children unattended ina locked vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children could be-come involved in serious accidents.

Locking doors with keyTo lock the door, turn the key towards thefront of the vehicle. To unlock, turn it to-wards the rear.

On power door lock equipped models, lock-ing the driver door simultaneously locksthe passenger’s door.

APD1025 APD1033

KEY DOOR LOCKS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 71: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Locking doors without keyTo lock the doors without the key, push theinside lock knob to the lock position, thenclose the door.

When locking the door this way, be certainnot to leave the key inside the vehicle.

POWER DOOR LOCK(if so equipped)

The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock both doors simultaneously.

Turning the key to the front of the vehiclelocks both doors.

Turning the key one time to the rear of thevehicle unlocks that door. From that posi-tion, returning the key to neutral (where thekey can only be removed and inserted) andturning it to the rear again within 5 secondunlocks both doors.

To lock from the outside without a key, pushthe door lock button (driver side only) or thedoor lock knob (driver or passenger side),then close the door. When locking the doorthis way, be certain not to leave the keyinside the vehicle. If the key is left in theignition, all doors will unlock automatically.

AIC1012 APD1041 APD1049

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Z X

Page 72: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

MULTI-REMOTE CONTROLSYSTEM (if so equipped)It is possible to lock/unlock both doors, andactivate the panic alarm by using the remotecontroller from outside the vehicle.

Be sure to remove the key from thevehicle before locking the doors.

The remote controller can operate at adistance of approximately 49 ft (15 m) fromthe vehicle. The effective distance dependson the conditions around the vehicle.

As many as four remote controllers can beused with one vehicle. For information con-cerning the purchase and use of additionalremote controllers, contact an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

CAUTIONListed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the remotecontroller:

I Do not allow the remote controller tobecome wet.

I Do not drop the remote controller.

I Do not strike the remote controllersharply against another object.

I Do not place the remote controllerfor an extended period in an areawhere temperatures exceed 140°F(60°C).

Locking doors1. Close all windows.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close the hood and both doors.

4. Push the button on the multi-remotecontroller. Both doors lock. The hazardlights flash twice and the horn beepsonce to indicate both doors are locked.

I When the button is pushed with bothdoors locked, the hazard lights flashtwice and the horn beeps once as areminder that the doors are alreadylocked. The horn may or may not beeponce. Refer to “silencing the horn beepfeature” later in this section.

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 73: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Unlocking doors

1. Push the button on the multi-remote controller. Only the driver’s sidedoor unlocks.

2. Push the button on the multi-

remote controller again within five sec-onds. The passenger door unlocks.

3. The interior light illuminates for 30 sec-onds when the light switch is in theDOOR position.

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting 30 seconds by inserting the key intothe ignition or locking the doors with themulti-remote controller or pushing theinterior light switch to the OFF position.

Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the panic alarm tocall attention as follows:

1. Push the button on the remote con-troller for longer than 1.5 seconds.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlightswill stay on for 30 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

I it has run for 30 seconds, or

I the , or the button ispressed, on the multi-remote controller.

APD1069

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

Z X

Page 74: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Silencing the horn beep feature

If desired, the horn beep feature can bedeactivated using the multi-remote control-ler.

To deactivate: Press and hold the andtogether for at least two seconds.

The hazard lights will quickly flash threetimes to confirm that the horn beep featurehas been deactivated.

To activate: Press and hold the andtogether for at least two seconds

once more.

The hazard lights will quickly flash threetimes to confirm that the horn beep featurehas been reactivated.

Deactivating the horn feature does not si-lence the horn if the alarm is triggered.

AIC1037

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 75: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Replace the battery in the multi-remote con-troller as follows:

1. Open the lid using a coin.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025

or equivalent.3. Close the lid securely.

4. Press the button, then the buttontwo or three times to check the multi-remote controller operation.

Each time the button is pressed, thehazard lights flash once.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4above.

I An improperly disposed battery canhurt the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

I The multi-remote controller is water-resistant; however, if it does get wet,immediately wipe completely dry.

I The operational range of the multi-remote controller extends to approxi-mately 49 ft (15 m) from the vehicle.This range may vary with conditions.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) this

APD1026

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

Z X

Page 76: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

device must accept any interference re-ceived including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

WARNING

I Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause thehood to fly open and result in anaccident.

I If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

1. Pull the hood lock release handle locatedbelow the driver side instrument panel;the hood then springs up slightly.

2. Lift the lever at the front of the hood withyour fingertips and raise the hood.

3. Insert the support rod into the slot in thefront edge of the hood.

4. When closing the hood, reset the supportrod to its original position, lower the hoodto approximately 12 inches above thelatch and release it. This allows properengagement of the hood latch.

APD1036

HOOD RELEASE

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 77: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Open the glove box by pulling the handle.

WARNINGKeep glove box lid closed while drivingto prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

The fuel filler cap is a screw-on ratchetingtype. Tighten the cap clockwise until ratch-eting clicks are heard.

WARNING

I Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain con-ditions. You could be burned or se-riously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop the engineand do not smoke or allow openflames or sparks near the vehiclewhen refueling.

I Fuel may be under pressure. Turnthe cap one-half turn and wait forany ‘‘hissing’’ sound to stop to pre-vent fuel from spraying out andcausing possible personal injury.Then remove the cap.

I Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzle shutsoff automatically. Continued refuel-ing may cause fuel overflow, result-ing in fuel spray and possibly fire.

I Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel fillercap as a replacement. It has a built-insafety valve needed for proper op-eration of the fuel system and emis-sion control system. An incorrectcap can result in a serious malfunc-tion and possible injury.

I Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

CAUTIONI If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,

flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

APD0601 APD1060

GLOVE BOX FUEL FILLER CAP

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

Z X

Page 78: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I Tighten until the cap clicks. Failureto tighten the fuel cap properly maycause the malfunction indica-tor light (MIL) to illuminate. If thisoccurs, securely close the fuel fillercap. After driving for a while, thelight should remain off. If the lightremains on, have the vehicle in-spected by an authorized NISSANdealer.

For additional information, see the″Malfunction indicator light (MIL) ″ inthe ″Instruments and Controls ″ sec-tion.

Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder whilerefueling.

Opening the tailgatePull the tailgate handle upward and lowerthe tailgate. The support cables hold thetailgate open.

When closing the tailgate, make sure thelatches are securely locked.

APD1061 APD1070

TAILGATE LATCH

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 79: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

To open the tailgate to the lowest position,lift the tailgate to a 45 degree angle, thenrelease the support cables.

Do not drive the vehicle with the tailgatedown.

WARNINGI It is extremely dangerous to ride in a

cargo area inside a vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these ar-eas are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed.

I Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.

I Be sure everyone in your vehicle isin a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

Removing the tailgate1. Release the tailgate support cables.

2. Hold the tailgate at a 45 degree angle.3. Pull the tailgate out from the left side

hinge.4. Remove the tailgate from the right side

hinge.

Installing the tailgate1. Insert the tailgate into the right side

hinge.

2. Hold the tailgate at a 45 degree angleand insert left side hinge.

APD1038 IC0175

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

Z X

Page 80: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

3. Continue to hold tailgate at a 45 degreeangle and attach the tailgate supportcables.

4. Close the tailgate securely.

CAUTIONThe tailgate is heavy. Be careful not todrop it during removal.

For your convenience, tie down hooks areplaced at each corner of the truck box.These may be used to help secure cargoloaded into the truck box.

I The weight of the cargo load must beevenly distributed over both the front andrear axles.

I All cargo should be securely fastenedwith ropes or straps to prevent it fromshifting or sliding within the vehicle.

WARNINGI Properly secure all cargo with ropes

or straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

I Do not place cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

ATI1020

TIE DOWN HOOKS

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 81: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Tilt operationPull the lock lever down and adjust thesteering wheel up or down to the desiredposition.

Push the lock lever up firmly to lock thesteering wheel in place.

WARNINGDo not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

Push the right or left side of the switch toadjust the right or left side mirror, thencontrol the lever.

The ignition switch must be in the ON orACC position for the power mirrors to oper-ate.

WARNINGObjects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

PD1238M APD1039

TILTING STEERING WHEEL(if so equipped)

OUTSIDE MIRROR REMOTECONTROL (if so equipped)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

Z X

Page 82: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Folding outside mirrorPush the mirror backward to fold it.

The night position reduces glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

WARNINGUse the night position only when nec-essary because it reduces rear viewclarity.

IC0266M IC0248M AIC0703

OUTSIDE MIRRORS INSIDE MIRROR

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 83: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

A vanity mirror is located on the rear side ofthe passenger sunvisor.

AIC0710

VANITY MIRROR(if so equipped)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

Z X

Page 84: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

MEMO

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 85: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

4 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Ventilators ..............................................................4-2Heater and air conditioner ......................................4-3Controls ..................................................................4-3Heater operation ....................................................4-4Air conditioner operation (if so equipped)..............4-5Air flow charts.........................................................4-7AM-FM radio with cassette player........................4-11Radio operation....................................................4-11Cassette tape operation .......................................4-14

AM-FM radio with cassette player, compactdisc player and sub-woofer (if so equipped) ........4-16Radio operation....................................................4-16Cassette tape operation .......................................4-20Compact disc (CD) player operation ....................4-21Antenna ................................................................4-23CB radio or car phone..........................................4-23

Z X

Page 86: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Adjust air flow direction by moving the ven-tilators slides and ventilator assemblies.

AHA1099

VENTILATORS

4-2 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 87: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNINGI The air conditioner cooling function

operates only when the engine isrunning.

I Do not leave children, unreliableadults, or pets alone in your vehicle.On hot sunny days, temperatures ina closed vehicle could quickly be-come high enough to cause severeor possibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

I Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may cause the

interior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

I Positioning of the heating or air con-ditioning controls should not bedone while driving, so that full atten-tion may be given to the drivingoperation.

CONTROLS

Fan control lever

This lever turns the fan on and off, andcontrols fan speed.

Air control dialThis dial allows you to select the air flowoutlets.

— Air flows from center and sideventilators.

— Air flows from center and sideventilators and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

— Air flows from defrost outlets andfoot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from defrost outlets.

Temperature control dialThis dial allows you to adjust the tempera-ture of the outlet air.

Air intake lever (if so equipped)

This lever is provided only for vehicles withan air conditioner.

— Outside air is drawn into the pas-senger compartment and distributedthrough the selected outlet.

Use this position for normal heater or airconditioner operation.

AHA1035

HEATER AND AIRCONDITIONER

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3

Z X

Page 88: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

— Interior air is recirculated inside thevehicle.

Move the air intake lever to theposition:

I when driving on a dusty road.

I to prevent traffic fumes from entering thepassenger compartment.

I for maximum cooling when using the airconditioner.

Air conditioner switch(if so equipped)

This switch is present only in vehiclesequipped with an air conditioner.

Start the engine, push the air conditionerswitch and move the fan control lever to thedesired speed. The indicator light comes onwhen the air conditioner is operating.

HEATER OPERATION

HeatingThis mode directs heated air from the footoutlets. A small amount of air is also di-rected from the defrost outlets.

1. Move the air intake lever to the

position for normal heating.

2. Turn the air control dial to the position.

3. Move the fan control lever to the desiredspeed.

4. Turn the temperature control dial clock-wise until it stops or to the desired posi-tion.

Ventilation

This mode directs outside air from the sideand center ventilators.

1. Move the air intake lever to theposition.

2. Turn the air control dial to theposition.

3. Move the fan control lever to the desiredspeed.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

Defrosting/defoggingThis mode directs heated air from thedefrosting/defogging outlets.

1. Move the air intake lever to theposition.

2. Turn the air control dial to theposition.

3. Move the fan control lever to the desiredspeed.

4. Turn the temperature control dial clock-wise until it stops or to the desired posi-tion.

If it is difficult to defog the windshield,push the air conditioner switch (if soequipped) on. This dehumidifies the air,which helps defog the windshield.

To quickly remove ice or fog from thewindows, move the fan control lever to 4and the temperature control dial to thefull clockwise position.

Bi-level heating/cooling

This mode directs air from the side andcenter ventilators and from the foot outlets.

1. Move the air intake lever to theposition.

2. Turn the air control dial to theposition.

3. Move the fan control lever to the desiredspeed.

4-4 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 89: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

Heating and defrosting/defogging

This mode directs heated air from the footoutlets and defrosts/defogs the windshield.

1. Move the air intake lever to theposition.

2. Turn the air control dial to theposition.

3. Move the fan control lever to the desiredspeed.

4. Turn the temperature control dial clock-wise until it stops or to the desired posi-tion.

If it is difficult to defog the windshield,push the air conditioner switch (if soequipped) on. This dehumidifies the air,which helps defog the windshield.

Operating tips

Clear snow and ice from the wiper bladesand air inlet in front of the windshield. Thisimproves heater and defroster operation.

AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION(if so equipped)

Start the engine, move the fan control leverto the desired (one to four) position, andpush in the air conditioner switch to activatethe air conditioner. When the air conditioneris on, cooling and dehumidifying functionsare added to the heater operation.

The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

CoolingThis mode directs cool, dehumudified airfrom the side and center ventilators.

1. Move the air intake lever to theposition.

2. Turn the air control dial to theposition.

3. Move the fan control lever to the desiredposition.

4. Push in the air conditioner switch. Theindicator light comes on.

5. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

I For quick cooling when the outside tem-perature is high, move the air intake lever

to the position. Be sure to returnthe air intake lever to the positionfor normal cooling.

Dehumidified heatingThis mode directs heated, dehumidfied airfrom the defrosting/defogging outlets.

1. Move the air intake lever to theposition.

2. Turn the air control dial to theposition.

3. Move the fan control lever to the desiredposition.

4. Push in the air conditioner switch. Theindicator light comes on.

5. Turn the temperature control dial clock-wise until it stops or to the desired posi-tion.

Dehumidified defrosting/defoggingThis mode directs heated, dehumidified airfrom the defrosting/ defogging outlets.

1. Turn the air intake lever to the po-sition.

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-5

Z X

Page 90: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

2. Move the air control dial to the ,, or the position in between.

3. Move the fan control lever to the desiredposition.

4. Push in the air conditioner switch. Theindicator light comes on.

5. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

Operating tips

I Keep windows and sunroof closed whileoperating the air conditioner.

I After parking in the sun, drive for two orthree minutes with the windows open tovent hot air from the passenger compart-ment. Then, close the windows. Thisallows the air conditioner to cool theinterior more quickly.

I The air conditioning system should beoperated for about ten minutes at leastonce a month, especially in winter. Thishelps prevent damage to the system dueto lack of lubrication.

I If the coolant temperature gauge ex-ceeds the (hot) position, turn the airconditioner off. Have your vehicle in-

spected by a NISSAN dealer. See ‘‘Ifyour vehicle overheats’’ in the ‘‘In case ofemergency’’ section for additional infor-mation.

4-6 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 91: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

AIR FLOW CHARTS

The following charts show the switch andlever positions for MAXIMUM and QUICKheating, cooling or defrosting.

The air intake lever should always be inthe position for heating and de-frosting.

AHA1067

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-7

Z X

Page 92: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

AHA1068 AHA1069

4-8 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 93: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

AHA1070 AHA1071

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-9

Z X

Page 94: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Servicing air conditioner

The air conditioner system in your NISSANis charged with a refrigerant designed withthe environment in mind.

This refrigerant does not harm theearth’s ozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricant isrequired when servicing your NISSAN airconditioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants causes severe damage to yourair conditioner system. See “Air conditionersystem refrigerant and lubricant recommen-dations” in the ‘‘Technical and consumerinformation’’ section of this manual.

An authorized NISSAN dealer will be able toservice your environmentally ‘‘friendly’’ airconditioner system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system containsrefrigerant under high pressure. Toavoid personal injury, any air condi-tioner service should be done by anexperienced technician with properequipment.

4-10 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 95: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

AM-FM RADIO WITH CASSETTEPLAYER

RADIO OPERATIONTo turn the radio on, turn the ignition key tothe ACC or ON position. If you listen to theradio with the engine not running, turn thekey to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter,buildings, bridges, mountains and other ex-ternal influences. Intermittent changes inreception quality normally are caused bythese external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the vehiclemay influence radio reception quality.

ON⋅OFF/VOL control knobTurn the ignition key to the ACC or ONposition, then push the ON⋅OFF/VOL con-trol knob. If you listen to the radio with theengine not running, turn the key to the ACCposition. The mode (radio or cassette)which was playing immediately before thesystem was turned off resumes playing.When no cassette is loaded, the radiocomes on. Pushing the ON⋅OFF/VOL con-trol knob again turns the system off.

AHA1051

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-11

Z X

Page 96: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Turn the ON⋅OFF/VOL control knob to ad-just the volume.

Clock operationPressing the CLOCK button alternates theclock and the radio/cassette tape options inthe display.

Clock setDepressing the CLOCK and the buttonstogether sets hours. Depressing the CLOCKand buttons together sets minutes.

Clock priority modeIn this mode the clock is shown in thedisplay. If any radio or cassette tape func-tions are activated, the radio (or cassettetape) display illuminates for 10 secondsthen returns to the clock mode.

NOTE:

After clock adjustment, the radio is in theclock priority mode.

Radio/Cassette tape priority modeIn this mode, the radio station illuminates inthe display during radio operation. Duringcassette tape operation, TAPE illuminates inthe display.

Selecting the desired band

Push the button to change from AMto FM1 or FM2 reception.

The FM stereo indicator, ST, illuminates dur-ing FM stereo reception. When the stereobroadcast signal is weak, the radio automati-cally changes from stereo to monaural re-ception.

TUNE buttons

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving in order that full attention maybe given to the driving operation.

Use the and buttons formanual tuning. To move quickly through thechannels, hold either of the tune buttonsdown for more than 1.5 seconds.

SEEK tuning

Push the tuning button for lessthan 1.5 seconds. SEEK tuning begins fromlow to high frequencies and stops at the nextbroadcasting station. Pushing the buttonagain continues the SEEK function. Once thehighest broadcasting station is reached, the

radio continues in the SEEK mode at thelowest broadcast station.

SCAN tuning

Push the tuning button for morethan 1.5 seconds. SCAN illuminates in thedisplay window. SCAN tuning begins fromlow to high frequencies and stops at eachbroadcasting station for five seconds. Push-ing the button again during this five secondperiod stops SCAN tuning and the radioremains tuned to that station.

4-12 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 97: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Station memory operations

Six stations can be set for the AM band. 12stations can be set for the FM band (six forFM1, six for FM2).

1. Push to select AM, FM1, or

FM2. The selected band illuminates inthe display.

2. Tune to the desired station.

3. Push the desired station select button formore than 2 seconds. For example, inthe illustrations, ch2 is to be memorized.The radio mutes when the select buttonis pushed.

4. When the sound resumes, memorizing iscomplete.

5. Other station select buttons can be set inthe same manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if theradio fuse opens, the radio memory is can-celled. In that case, reset the desired sta-tions.

Adjusting tone quality and speakerbalance

To adjust BASS⋅TREB⋅BAL (Bass, Treble,Balance), press the AUDIO button until thedesired mode (BAS, TRE, or BAL) appearsin the display.

Press the or button to adjustBass (BAS) and Treble (TRE) to the desiredlevel and to adjust the Balance. Balance(BAL) adjusts the sound level between theright and left speakers.

After 10 seconds, the radio or cassette tapedisplay reappears. Once the sound quality

AHA1045

AHA1052

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-13

Z X

Page 98: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

is set to the desired level, press the AUDIObutton repeatedly until the radio or cassettetape display appears.

CASSETTE TAPE OPERATION

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON andcarefully insert a cassette tape into the tapedoor. The cassette tape automatically pullsinto the player.

The word TAPE and moving digital squaresilluminate on the right side of the displaywindow. If the radio is already operating itautomatically turns off and the cassette tapebegins to play.

CAUTION

Do not force the cassette tape into thetape door. This could cause playerdamage.

The cassette tape automatically changesdirections to play the other side when thefirst side is complete. At this time, the mov-ing digital squares illuminate on the left sideof the display window.

Precautions on cassette player op-erations

I To maintain good quality sound, NIS-SAN recommends using cassette tapesof 60 minutes or shorter in length.

I Cassette tapes should be removedfrom the player when not in use. Storecassettes in their protective casesand away from direct sunlight, heat,dust, moisture and magnetic sources.

I Direct sunlight can cause the cassetteto become deformed. The use of de-formed cassettes may cause the cas-sette to jam in the player.

I Do not use cassettes with labelswhich are peeling and loose. If used,the label could jam in the player.

I If a cassette has loose tape, insert apencil through one of the cassettehubs and rewind the tape firmlyaround the hubs. Loose tape maycause tape jamming and waveringsound quality.

I Over a period of time, the playbackhead, capstan and pinch roller maycollect a tape coating residue as the

tape is played. This residue accumu-lation can cause weak or waveringsound, and should be removed peri-odically with a head cleaning tape. Ifthe residue is not removed periodi-cally, the player may need to be disas-sembled for cleaning.

Fast forwarding or rewinding thetapePush either the or button forthe desired direction.

The FF or REW symbol illuminates in thedisplay.

To stop the FF or REW function, press theor again, or the button.

Automatic Program Search (APS)fast forwarding or APS rewindingthe tapePush either the or buttonwhile the cassette tape is playing. The taperuns quickly, stops, then plays the nextselection from the beginning. Either the FFor REW symbol flashes in the display whilesearching for the selection.

4-14 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 99: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

This system searches at the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank inter-val within one selection or there is no inter-val between selections, the system may notstop in the desired or expected location.

Changing the direction of tape play

Push the (program) select button.The moving digital squares illuminate oneither the right or left side of the displaywindow to indicate the side of program play.

Playing and stopping the cassettetape

Push the button while the cassettetape is playing to stop the tape. Push thebutton again to play the tape.

Dolby NR (noise reduction)Push the button for Dolby NR en-coded tapes to reduce high frequency tapenoise. The symbol illuminates in thedisplay.

If the display is in the clock priority modewhen the button is pressed,

and TAPE illuminate in the displaywindow for about 10 seconds. The clockmode then returns to the display window.

Dolby NR is manufactured under licensefrom Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corpora-tion. DOLBY NR and the double-D symbolare trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Li-censing Corporation.

Metal or chrome tape usage

The cassette player is automatically set tohigh performance play when playing a metalor chrome cassette tape.

Ejecting the cassette tape

Push the button. The cassette tapeautomatically comes out.

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-15

Z X

Page 100: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

AM-FM RADIO WITH CASSETTEPLAYER, COMPACT DISCPLAYER AND SUB-WOOFER (ifso equipped)

RADIO OPERATION

To turn the radio on, turn the ignition key tothe ACC or ON position. If you listen to theradio with the engine not running, turn thekey to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter,buildings, bridges, mountains, and otherexternal influences. Intermittent changes inreception quality normally are caused bythese external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the vehiclemay influence radio reception quality.

ON⋅OFF/VOL control knobTurn the ignition key to the ACC or ONposition, then push the ON⋅OFF/VOL con-trol knob button. If you listen to the radiowith the engine not running, turn the key tothe ACC position. The mode (radio, tape orCD) which was playing immediately beforethe system was turned off resumes playing.

AHA1072

4-16 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 101: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

When no CD or tape is loaded, the radiocomes on. Pushing the ON⋅OFF/VOL con-trol knob button again turns the system off.

Turn the ON⋅OFF/VOL control knob to ad-just the volume.

Clock operation

Pressing the clock button alternates theclock and the radio/cassette/CD player op-tions in the display.

Clock set

Depressing the clock and buttons to-gether sets hours. Depressing the clock and

buttons together sets minutes.

Clock priority mode

In this mode the clock is shown in thedisplay. If any radio, cassette or CD func-tions are activated, the radio, cassette orCD display illuminates for 10 seconds thenreturns to the clock mode.

NOTE:

After clock adjustment, the radio is in theclock priority mode.

FM-AM band select button

Push the button to change from AM toFM1 or FM2 reception.

The FM stereo indicator, ST, illuminatesduring FM stereo reception. When the ste-reo broadcast signal is weak, the radioautomatically changes from stereo to mon-aural reception.

TUNE/DISC buttons

WARNINGThe radio should not be tuned whiledriving in order that full attention maybe given to the driving operation.

Use the and buttons for manualtuning. To move quickly through the chan-nels, hold either of the tuning buttons down.

SEEK/SCAN buttonsSEEK tuning

Push the SEEK/SCAN tuning button orfor less than 1.5 seconds. SEEK tuning

begins from low to high frequencies or highto low frequencies, depending on which but-ton is pressed, and stops at the next broad-casting station. If using the button

once the highest broadcasting station isreached, the radio continues in the SEEKmode at the lowest broadcasting station. Ifusing the button once the lowest broad-casting station is reached, the radio contin-ues in the SEEK mode at the highest broad-casting station.

SCAN tuning

Push the SEEK/SCAN tuning button orfor more than 1.5 seconds. SCAN illu-

minates in the display window, and the radiostation blinks. SCAN tuning begins from lowto high frequencies or from high to lowfrequencies, depending on which button ispressed. SCAN tuning stops at each broad-casting station for five seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this five second periodstops SCAN tuning and the radio remainstuned to that station.

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-17

Z X

Page 102: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Station memory operations

Six stations can be set for the AM band. 12stations can be set for the FM band (six forFM1, six for FM2).

1. Push to select AM, FM1, or FM2.

The selected band illuminates in the dis-play.

2. Tune to the desired station.

3. Push the desired station select button formore than 3 seconds. For example, inthe illustrations ch2 is to be memorized.The radio mutes when the select buttonis pushed.

4. When the indicator illuminates in thedisplay and the sound resumes, memo-rizing is complete.

5. Other station select buttons can be set inthe same manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if theradio fuse opens, the radio memory is can-celled. In that case, reset the desired stations.

AHA1102

4-18 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 103: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Adjusting tone quality and speakerbalanceTo adjust the audio levels for bass, treble,balance, push the audio button and adjustthe level with the TUNE/DISC buttons.Press the audio button once for BAS (bass),twice for TRE (treble), and three times forBAL (balance). Once the audio level is setthe display will return back to radio, cassetteor CD display mode after 7 seconds or theaudio button can be pressed again within 7seconds to set the next audio level. Press-ing the audio button a fourth time will returnthe display back to radio, cassette or CDdisplay mode.

Balance adjusts the sound level betweenthe right and left speakers.

AHA1101

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-19

Z X

Page 104: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

CASSETTE TAPE OPERATION

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ONposition, and carefully insert a cassette tapeinto the tape door. The cassette tape auto-matically pulls into the player. The wordTAPE illuminates in the display.

CAUTIONDo not force the cassette tape into thetape door. This could cause playerdamage.

I To maintain good quality sound,NISSAN recommends using cassettetapes of 60 minutes or shorter inlength.

I Cassette tapes should be removedfrom the player when not in use. Storecassettes in their protective casesand away from direct sunlight, heat,dust, moisture or magnetic sources.

I Direct sunlight can cause the cassetteto become deformed. The use of de-formed cassettes may cause the cas-sette to jam in the player.

I Do not use cassettes that have peel-ing or loose labels. If used, the label

could jam in the player.

I If a cassette has loose tape, insert apencil through one of the cassettehubs and rewind the tape firmly.Loose tape may cause jamming andwavering sound quality.

I Over a period of time, the playbackhead, capstan and pinch roller maygather a tape coating residue as thetape is played. This residue accumu-lation can cause a weak or waveringsound and should be removed peri-odically with a head cleaning tape. Ifthe residue is not removed periodi-cally, the player may need to be disas-sembled for cleaning.

PLAY/STOP TAPE buttonWhen the button is pushed with thesystem turned off and a tape loaded, thesystem comes on and the tape plays.The word tape illuminates.

When the button is pushed with eitherthe radio or compact disc turned on and atape loaded, the compact disc or the radioturns off and the tape plays.

While the tape is playing, pushing thebutton stops tape play. Pushing the

button again resumes tape play.

FF (fast forward) and REW (rewind)buttons

Push the button to fast forward thetape. Push the button to rewind thetape. Either REW or FF illuminates in thedisplay. To stop the FF or REW function,press the , , or buttons.

Automatic Program Search (APS)FF and REW buttons

When the button is pushed while thetape is being played, the tape runs quickly,stops, then plays the next selection from thebeginning. Push the button severaltimes to skip several selections. Each timethe button is pushed, the tape fast forwardsone additional selection. This number ap-pears in the display window. The tape canbe fast forwarded through up to nine selec-tions. (for example: 7 in the display indi-cates that the button has beenpushed seven times to skip forward throughseven selections).

When the button is pushed, the se-lection being played starts again from the

4-20 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 105: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

beginning. Push the button severaltimes to rewind several selections. Eachtime the button is pushed, the taperewinds back one additional selection. Thenumber of selections skipped appears in thedisplay window as a negative number (forexample: -7 in the display indicates that the

button has been pushed seven timesto rewind back through seven selections).

Either the FF or REW illuminates in thedisplay when the or button ispushed.

The system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank inter-val within one selection or there is no inter-val between selections, the system may notstop in the desired or expected location.

PROG (Program) buttonPush the button to change the tapeside while the tape is being played.The cassette tape automatically changesdirections to play the other side when thefirst side is complete.

Dolby NR (noise reduction)Push the button for Dolby NR en-coded tapes to reduce high frequency tape

noise. The indicator illuminates in thedisplay.

Dolby NR is manufactured under licensefrom Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corpora-tion. DOLBY NR and the double-D symbolare trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Li-censing Corporation.

Metal or chrome tape usageThe cassette player is automatically set tohigh performance play when playing a metalor chrome cassette tape.

TAPE EJECT buttonPush the button to eject the cassettean inserted tape.

Precautions on cassette player op-eration

COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYEROPERATIONTurn the ignition key to the ACC or ONposition and carefully insert the compactdisc into the slot with the label side up. Thecompact disc is automatically pulled into theslot and starts to play.

If the radio or cassette tape is already

operating, it automatically turns off and thecompact disc begins to play.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into theslot. This could damage the player.

CD button

When the button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded and the tape or theradio playing, the tape or radio turns off andcompact disc starts to play.

FF (fast forward) REW (rewind)buttonsWhen the or button is pushedwhile the compact disc is playing, the com-pact disc plays at an increased speed whilefast forwarding or rewinding. When the but-ton is released, the compact disc returns tonormal play speed.

Automatic Program Search (APS)APS FF, APS REW buttons

When the button is pushed while thecompact disc is playing, the selection fol-

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-21

Z X

Page 106: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

lowing the present one starts to play fromthe beginning. Push the button sev-eral times to skip several selections. Eachtime the button is pushed, the CD advancesone additional selection. The number ap-pears in the display window. (When the lastselection on the compact disc is skipped,the first selection is played.)

When the button is pushed, the se-lection being played returns to the begin-ning. Push the button several timesto skip back several selections. Each timethe button is pushed, the CD moves backone selection.

PROG (program) buttonWhen the button is pushed while thecompact disc is playing, the play patternchanges as follows.

1. The current selection is repeated.

RANDOM: Selections are played at ran-dom, not following the sequence on thecompact disc. The same program may berepeated twice.

Blank (no symbol): All selections are playedrepeatedly in sequence.

When a new compact disc is inserted,

the play pattern automatically changesto ALL.

CD EJECT buttonWhen the button is pushed with a com-pact disc loaded, the compact disc ejects.

When the button is pushed while thecompact disc is playing, the compact discejects and the system turns off.

If the compact disc ejects and is notremoved within 10 seconds, it is pulledback into the slot.

CD (DISC) indicator lightThis light comes on when a compact disc isloaded into the player.

CAUTIONI During cold weather or rainy days,

the player may malfunction due tothe humidity. If this occurs, removethe CD and dehumidify or ventilatethe player completely.

I The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

I The CD player sometimes cannotfunction when the compartment tem-perature is extremely high. Decreasethe temperature before use.

I Do not expose the CD to direct sun-light.

4-22 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 107: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

The antenna cannot be shortened, but it canbe removed. When you need to remove theantenna, turn the antenna rod counterclock-wise.

To install the antenna rod, turn the antennaclockwise. Tighten the antenna rod to speci-fication using a suitable tool such as aopen-end wrench. The antenna rod tighten-ing specification is 3.4 - 3.6 N⋅m (30 - 32in-lb). Do not use pliers to tighten the an-tenna as they can leave marks on theantenna surface. The antenna rod can notbe hand tightened to the proper specifica-tion.

CAUTIONAlways properly tighten the antennarod during installation or the antennarod may break during vehicle opera-tion.

Microphone installed modelIf equipped with a genuine NISSAN cellularphone, your NISSAN features a non-directionalmicrophone in the steering column cover, soit is not necessary to look at or speakdirectly into the microphone when calling. Todo so could detract from the driving opera-tion and cause an accident. See the manualfor car phone operation.

Pre-wired and antenna for phoneinstalled modelSome models are pre-wired to accept thegenuine NISSAN cellular phone. In addition,the same model has the phone antennabuilt into the rear glass window.

When installing a CB, ham radio or carphone in your NISSAN, be sure to observethe following cautions, otherwise the newequipment may adversely affect the MFI(Multiport Fuel Injection) system and otherelectronic parts.

CAUTIONI Keep the antenna as far as possible

away from the Engine Control Mod-ule.

I Also keep the antenna wire morethan 8 inches (20 cm) away from theMFI harness. Do not route the an-tenna wire next to any harness.

I Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by the manu-facturer.

AHA1053

ANTENNA CB RADIO OR CAR PHONE

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-23

Z X

Page 108: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

I For details, consult an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

4-24 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 109: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ...................5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ............................5-2Three-way catalyst..................................................5-2On-pavement and off-road driving precautions......5-3Avoiding collision and rollover................................5-3Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving .........................5-4Ignition switch.........................................................5-4Manual transmission...............................................5-4Automatic transmission ..........................................5-5Before starting the engine ......................................5-6Driving with automatic transmission (if soequipped) ...............................................................5-6Driving with manual transmission.........................5-12Starting the engine ...............................................5-14Parking brake operation.......................................5-14

Cruise control (if so equipped).............................5-16Break-in schedule ................................................5-18Increasing fuel economy ......................................5-18Transfer case shifting procedures for 4-wheeldrive vehicles........................................................5-19Auto-lock free-running hubs .................................5-20Manual-lock free-running hubs.............................5-22Driving your four-wheel drive safely .....................5-24Tires of four-wheel drive ......................................5-26Parking/parking on hills ........................................5-27Power steering system.........................................5-28Brake system........................................................5-28Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..............................5-29Cold weather driving ............................................5-30

Z X

Page 110: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNING

Do not leave children, unreliableadults, or pets alone in your vehicle.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is a dan-gerous gas, and can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

I If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drive withall windows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

I Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

I Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

I If a special body, camper, or otherequipment is added for recreationalor other usage, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to preventcarbon monoxide entry into the ve-hicle. Do not occupy these areaswhile the engine is running even if thevehicle is parked. (Some recreationalvehicle appliances such as stoves,refrigerators, heaters, etc. may alsogenerate carbon monoxide.)

I The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a qualifiedmechanic whenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involv-ing damage to the exhaust system,underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Ex-haust gases in the converter are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

I The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people orflammable materials away from theexhaust pipe.

I Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

I Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos-its from leaded gasoline will seri-ously reduce the three-way cata-lyst’s ability to help reduce exhaustpollutants.

I Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause over-rich fuel flow into the converter,causing it to overheat.

PRECAUTIONS WHENSTARTING AND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 111: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Do not keep driving if the enginemisfires, or if noticeable loss of per-formance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have thevehicle inspected promptly by anauthorized NISSAN dealer.

I Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the three-way catalyst.

I Do not race the engine while warm-ing it up.

I Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONS

Utility vehicles have higher ground clear-ance than passenger cars in order to makethem capable of performing in a wide varietyof off-road applications. Specific designcharacteristics give them a higher center ofgravity than ordinary cars. Higher groundclearance is necessary for off-road opera-tion, and it also provides a better view of theroad, allowing you to anticipate problems.

Utility vehicles are not designed for corner-ing at the same speeds as conventionaltwo-wheel drive vehicles any more thanlow-slung sports cars are designed to per-form satisfactorily under off-road conditions.If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers. As with other vehicles of thistype, failure to operate this vehicle correctlymay result in loss of control or vehiclerollover.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNINGFailure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or suddensteering maneuvers, because these drivingpractices could cause you to lose control ofyour vehicle. As with any vehicle, loss ofcontrol could result in a collision withother vehicles or objects, or cause thevehicle to roll over, particularly if thevehicle slides sideways. Be attentive at all

times, and avoid driving when tired. Neverdrive when under the influence of alcohol ordrugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsi-ness). Always wear your seat belt as out-lined in the ‘‘Seat belts’’ section of thismanual, and instruct your passengers to dothe same.

Starting and driving 5-3

Z X

Page 112: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNINGNever drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination, delaysreaction time and impairs judgement.Driving after drinking alcohol increasesthe likelihood of being involved in anaccident, injuring yourself and others.Additionally, if you are injured in theaccident, alcohol can increase the se-verity of injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. How-ever, you must choose not to drive underthe influence of alcohol. Every year thou-sands of people are injured or killed inalcohol related accidents. Although the locallaws vary on what is considered to belegally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and mostpeople underestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!

And that’s true for drugs, too (over thecounter, prescription, and illegal drugs).Don’t drive if your ability to operate yourvehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, orsome other physical condition.

MANUAL TRANSMISSIONThe ignition switch includes an anti-theftsteering lock device.

The key can only be removed when theignition switch is in the LOCK position.

On manual transmission models, to turn theignition key to LOCK from ACC or ON, turnthe key to OFF, push the key in, the turn thekey to LOCK.

To lock the steering wheel, remove thekey. In order for the steering wheel to belocked, it must be turned about 1/8 of aturn clockwise from the straight up posi-

tion. To unlock the steering wheel, insertthe key and turn it gently while rotatingthe steering wheel slightly right and left.

WARNINGNever remove the key while driving. Ifthe key is removed, the steering wheelwill lock. This may cause the driver tolose control of the vehicle and couldresult in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

ASD1015

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGSAND DRIVING

IGNITION SWITCH

5-4 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 113: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONOn automatic transmission models, the ig-nition lock is designed so the key cannot beturned to LOCK and removed until the shiftselector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

When removing the key from the ignition,make sure the shift selector lever is in the P(Park) position.

If the key cannot be turned to the LOCKposition, proceed as follows to remove the key:

1) Move the shift selector lever into the P(Park) position.

2) Turn the ignition key slightly in the ONdirection.

3) Turn the key toward the LOCK position.

4) Remove the key.

The shift lever is designed so it cannot bemoved out of P (Park) and into any of theother gear positions if the ignition key isturned to OFF or if the key is removed fromthe switch. The shift lever can be moved ifthe ignition switch is in the ACC posi-tion. This allows the vehicle to be movedif the battery is discharged. The shiftlever can also be moved if the ignitionswitch is in the ON position and the footbrake pedal is depressed.

There is an OFF position between theLOCK and ACC positions. The OFF posi-tion is indicated by a ″1″ on the keycylinder. When the ignition is in OFF, thesteering wheel is not locked.

To lock the steering wheel, remove thekey. In order for the steering wheel to belocked, it must be turned about 1/8 of aturn clockwise from the straight up posi-tion. To unlock the steering wheel, insertthe key and turn it gently while rotatingthe steering wheel slightly right and left.

WARNINGNever remove the key while driving. Ifthe key is removed, the steering wheelwill lock. This may cause the driver tolose control of the vehicle and couldresult in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

Key positionsLOCK Normal parking position (0)

OFF (Manual transmission model) (1)

The engine can be turned off without lockingthe steering wheel.

ACC (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accesso-ries such as the radio when the engine isnot running. The shifter can be moved if theignition switch is in ACC position.

ON (Normal operating position) (3)

This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

ASD1014

Starting and driving 5-5

Z X

Page 114: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

START (4)

This position starts the engine. As soon asthe engine has started, release the key. Itautomatically returns to the ON position.

I Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

I Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake and clutch fluid, and win-dow washer fluid as frequently as pos-sible, at least whenever you refuel.

I Check that all windows and lights areclean.

I Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

I Lock all doors.

I Position seat and adjust head restraints.

I Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

I Fasten seat belts and ask all passengersto do likewise.

I Check the operation of warning lightswhen key is turned to the ON (3) position.See ″Warning/Indicator lights andchimes″ in the ″Instruments and con-trols″ section.

WARNINGI Do not depress the accelerator pedal

while shifting from P (Park) or N(Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), 2or 1. Always depress the brake pedaluntil shifting is completed. Failure todo so could cause you to lose con-trol and have an accident.

I Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into a for-ward or reverse gear before the en-gine has warmed up.

I Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould cause an accident.

CAUTIONI When stopping the vehicle on an

uphill grade, do not hold the vehicleby depressing the accelerator pedal.The foot brake should be used forthis purpose.

I On slippery roads, do not downshift.This may cause a loss of control.

BEFORE STARTING THEENGINE

DRIVING WITH AUTOMATICTRANSMISSION (if soequipped)

5-6 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 115: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

The automatic transmission in your vehicleis electronically controlled by a transmissioncontrol module to produce maximum powerand smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures forthis transmission are shown on the followingpages. Follow these procedures for maximumvehicle performance and driving enjoyment.

Starting the vehicleI After starting the engine, fully depress

the foot brake pedal to ensure the ve-hicle is at a complete stop before at-tempting to shift the selector lever.

I Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand shift the selector lever into a drivinggear.

I Release the foot brake, then graduallystart the vehicle in motion.

This automatic transmission is designedso the foot brake pedal MUST be de-pressed before shifting from P (Park) toany drive position while the ignitionswitch is ON.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of P(Park) and into any of the other gearpositions if the ignition key is turned to

LOCK or if the key is removed.

If the battery charge is low, the shift levercan be moved if the ignition switch is inthe ACC position.

Shifting with automatic transmission(KA24DE engine)

Pull the selector lever rearward to shift intoP (Park), or R (Reverse) or from D (Drive) to2 or 1.

P (Park):

Use this position when the vehicle is parked orwhen starting the engine. Always be sure thevehicle is at a complete stop. For maximumsafety, depress the brake pedal, then movethe selector lever to the P (Park) position.Apply the parking brake. When parking on ahill, apply the parking brake first, then shift the

ASD1008

Starting and driving 5-7

Z X

Page 116: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

selector lever into the P (Park) position.

Shifting from P (Park)

If the ignition switch is in the ON positionand the foot brake pedal is depressed, butthe shift lever still cannot be moved out of P(Park), use the following procedure:

1. Shut the engine off and remove the key.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Reinsert the key and turn it clockwise tothe ACC position.

4. Depress the brake pedal, move the shiftselector lever to N (Neutral).

5. Start the engine.

These instructions for starting the vehicle inN (Neutral) should only be used until servicecan be obtained at an authorized NISSANdealership.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Shift into thisposition only after the vehicle has com-pletely stopped.

N (Neutral):

Neither forward or reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position.You may shift to N (Neutral) and restart astalled engine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for normal forward driving.

2 (Second gear):

Use for moderate uphill grades engine brak-ing on downhill grades or starting on slip-pery surfaces.

Do not downshift into the 2 position at speedsabove 62 MPH (100 km/h), and do not exceed62 MPH (100 km/h) in the 2 position.

1 (Low gear):

Use this position for steep uphill grades,driving slowly through deep snow, sand ormud, or for maximum engine braking onsteep downhill grades.

Do not downshift into the 1 position atspeeds above 30 MPH (48 km/h), and donot exceed 30 MPH (48 km/h) in the 1position.

5-8 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 117: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Shifting with automatic transmission(VG33E engine)

Push the button to shift into P (Park), R(Reverse) or from D (Drive) to 2. All otherpositions can be selected without pushingthe button.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicleis parked or when starting the engine. Al-ways be sure the vehicle is at a completestop. For maximum safety, depress thebrake pedal, then push in the shift leverbutton and move the lever to the P (Park)

position. Apply the parking brake. Whenparking on a hill, apply the parking brakefirst, then shift the lever into the P (Park)position.

Shifting from P (Park)

If the ignition switch is in the ON positionand the foot brake pedal is depressed, butthe shift selector lever still cannot be movedout of P (Park), follow these instructions.

1. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK posi-tion.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Reinsert the key and turn it to the ACCposition.

4. Depress the foot brake pedal and movethe shift selector lever to N (Neutral).

5. Start the engine.

These instructions for starting the vehicle inN (Neutral) should only be used until servicecan be obtained at an authorized NISSANdealership.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be surethe vehicle is at a complete stop beforeshifting into the R (Reverse) position. Formaximum safety, check to ensure the areabehind the vehicle is clear. With the brakepedal depressed, push in the shift selectorlever button and move the shift selectorlever to the R (Reverse) position.

N (Neutral)

Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to N (Neutral) andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicle ismoving.

ASD0612

Starting and driving 5-9

Z X

Page 118: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

2 (Second gear):

Use this position for hill climbing or enginebraking on downhill grades.

Do not shift into the 2 position at speedsabove 68 MPH (110 km/h). Do not exceed68 MPH (110 km/h) in the 2 position.

1 (Low gear):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or slow driving through deep snow,sand or mud, or for maximum engine brak-ing on steep downhill grades.

Do not shift into the 1 position at speedsabove 34 MPH (55 km/h). Do not exceed 34MPH (55 km/h) in the 1 position.

Selector lever lock release

If the battery charge is low, the selectorlever may not be moved from the P positioneven with the brake pedal depressed andthe selector lever button pushed.

To move the selector lever, push the shiftlock release and selector lever button. Theselector lever can be moved to N (Neutral).

To push the shift lock release, follow thefollowing procedure:

1. Turn the ignition key to the lock positionand remove the key.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock release cap.

4. Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lockrelease slot, and push down.

5. Push the selector lever button and movethe selector lever to N (Neutral) positionwhile holding down the shift lock release.

6. Start the engine.

If there is any problem moving the selectorlever out of P (Park), take your vehicle to anauthorized NISSAN dealership as soon aspossible.

ASD1021

5-10 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 119: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Accelerator downshiftIn D positionFor rapid passing or hill climbing, whiledriving fully depress the accelerator pedal tothe floor. This shifts the transmission downinto second gear or first gear, depending onthe vehicle speed.

OVERDRIVE SWITCH(KA24DE engine)

ON: For typical driving, push the overdriveswitch ON with the selector leverin the D (Drive) position. The trans-mission is upshifted into OVERDRIVEas the vehicle speed increases.

OVERDRIVE does not engage until theengine has reached operating tempera-ture.

OFF: For driving up and down long slopeswhere engine braking is necessary,push the switch OFF . The indica-

tor light in the instrument panel comeson at this time. When cruising at a lowspeed or climbing a gentle slope, youmay feel uncomfortable shift shocksas the transmission repeatedly shiftsbetween 3rd and overdrive. In thiscase, set the overdrive switch in theOFF position.

When driving conditions change, reset theoverdrive switch in the ON position toturn the overdrive on. The indicator lightgoes out at this time.

Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time with the overdriveswitch set in the OFF position. Thisreduces fuel economy.

ASD1009

Starting and driving 5-11

Z X

Page 120: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

OVERDRIVE SWITCH ( VG33Eengine)

ON: With the engine running and the se-lector lever in the D (Drive) position,the transmission upshifts into OVER-DRIVE as vehicle speed increases.

OVERDRIVE does not engage until theengine has reached operating tempera-ture.

OFF: For driving up and down long slopeswhere engine braking is necessarypush the OVERDRIVE switch once.The O/D OFF indicator light in the

instrument panel comes on at thistime.

When cruising at a low speed orclimbing a gentle slope, you may feeluncomfortable shift shocks as thetransmission shifts between third gearand overdrive repeatedly. In this case,depress the OVERDRIVE switch toturn the OVERDRIVE off. The O/DOFF indicator light in the instrumentpanel comes on at this time.

When driving conditions change, depressthe overdrive switch to turn the OVER-DRIVE on.

Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time with the OVER-DRIVE off. This reduces fuel economy.

WARNINGI Do not downshift abruptly on slip-

pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

I Do not over-rev the engine whenshifting to a lower gear. This maycause a loss of control or enginedamage.

CAUTIONI Do not rest your foot on the clutch

pedal while driving. This may causeclutch damage.

I Stop your vehicle completely beforeshifting into R (Reverse).

I When the vehicle is stopped for aduration, for example at a stop light,shift to N (Neutral) and release theclutch pedal with the foot brake ap-plied.

ASD1007

DRIVING WITH MANUALTRANSMISSION

5-12 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 121: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Shifting with manual transmissionTo change gears, fully depress the clutchpedal, then move the gearshift lever. Aftershifting, slowly release the clutch.

You cannot shift directly from 5th gear into R(Reverse). First shift into the N (Neutral)position, then into R (Reverse).

If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R(Reverse) or 1st, shift into N (Neutral), thenrelease the clutch pedal. Depress the clutchpedal and shift into R (Reverse) or 1stagain.

If your vehicle is equipped with 4-wheel

drive, see ‘‘ Transfer case shifting pro-cedures for four-wheel drive vehicles’’ laterin this section.

Suggested up-shift speeds

The folllowing table provides suggested speedranges for shifting into a higher gear. Thesesuggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicleperformance. Actual shift ranges should beadjusted for specific road conditions, weatherconditions and individual driving habits.

I Two-wheel drive models and four-wheeldrive models (2H and 4H position):

Shift from MPH (km/h)1st to 2nd 15 (24)2nd to 3rd 25 (40)3rd to 4th 40 (64)4th to 5th 45 (72)

I 4-wheel drive model (4L posi-tion):

Shift from MPH (km/h)1st to 2nd 8 (13)2nd to 3rd 12 (19)3rd to 4th 20 (32)4th to 5th 22 (35)

Suggested maximum speed in eachgearDownshift to a lower gear if the engine is notrunning smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.

Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed(shown below) in any gear. For level roaddriving, use the highest gear suggested for thatspeed. Always observe posted speed limits,and drive according to the road conditions,which will ensure safe operation.

Allowable maximum speed in each gear:2-wheel drive models MPH (km/h)

1st 30 (48)2nd 55 (88)3rd 80 (129)4th & 5th − (−)

4-wheel drive models MPH (km/h)2H/4H position

1st 25 (40)2nd 43 (69)3rd 68 (109)4th & 5th − (−)

4L position1st 12 (19)2nd 22 (35)3rd 30 (48)4th & 5th − (−)

SD1017M

Starting and driving 5-13

Z X

Page 122: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Automatic transmission:

Move the selector lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). P (Park) is preferred.

The shift lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park) and into any of the other gearpositions if the ignition key is turnedto OFF or if the key is removed fromthe switch.

The starter is designed not to operateif the selector lever is in one of thedriving positions.

Manual transmission:

Move the gearshift lever to N (Neutral),and fully depress the clutch pedal to thefloor while starting the engine.

The starter is designed not to operateunless the clutch pedal is fully de-pressed.

3. With your foot off the acceleratorpedal, turn the ignition key to START.Release the key when the engine starts.If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeatthe above procedure.

I If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold or hot weather, depressthe accelerator pedal fully and hold itto help start the engine.

I In the summer, when restarting theengine within 30 minutes after it hasbeen stopped, keep the acceleratorpedal fully depressed while starting.

CAUTIONDo not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, turn the key off and wait 10seconds before cranking again, other-wise the starter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Always allow the engine to idle for atleast 30 seconds after starting. Drive at amoderate speed for a short distance first,especially in cold weather.

WARNINGI Be sure the parking brake is fully

released before driving. Failure to doso can cause brake failure and leadto an accident.

I Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

I Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fully en-gaged.

I Do not leave children unattended in avehicle. They could release the park-ing brake and cause an accident.

STARTING THE ENGINE PARKING BRAKE OPERATION

5-14 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 123: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

To apply: pull the lever out.

To release:

1. Firmly apply foot brake.

2. Manual transmission models:Place the gearshift in the N (Neutral)position.

Automatic transmission models:Move the shift selector lever to the P(Park) position.

3. While pulling out on the parking brakelever slightly, turn the lever and push it incompletely.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

ASD1010

Starting and driving 5-15

Z X

Page 124: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Precautions

I The cruise indicator light in the instru-ment panel may blink when the cruisecontrol main switch is turned ON whilepushing the RES/ACCEL, COAST/SET,or CANCEL switch. To properly set thecruise control system, perform the follow-ing steps in the order indicated.

I If the cruise control system malfunctions,it cancels automatically. The CRUISElight in the instrument panel then blinks towarn the driver.

I If the cruise light blinks, turn the cruise

control main switch off and have thesystem checked by an authorized NIS-SAN dealer.

WARNINGDon’t use the cruise control when driv-ing under the following conditions:

I it is not possible to keep the vehicleat a set speed.

I in heavy traffic or in traffic that var-ies in speed.

I on winding or hilly roads.

I on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.).

I in very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CAUTION

On manual transmission models, donot shift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal when the cruisecontrol is on. Should this occur, de-press the clutch pedal and turn themain switch off immediately. Failure todo so may cause engine damage.

The cruise control allows driving at a fixedspeed between 30 and 90 MPH (48 and 145km/h) without keeping your foot on theaccelerator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push themain switch on. The CRUISE CONT indica-tor light comes on.

To set at cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. TheCRUISE light in the instrument panel comes

ASD1020

CRUISE CONTROL(if so equipped)

5-16 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 125: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

on. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle maintains the set speed.

To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-celerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle returns to the previouslyset speed.

I The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, drive without thecruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods:

a) Push the CANCEL button; the CRUISElight in the instrument panel goes out.

b) Tap the brake pedal; the CRUISE lightgoes out.

c) Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISECONT and CRUISE lights go out.

The cruise control is automatically can-celled and the CRUISE light goes out if:

I you depress the brake pedal while push-ing the RES/ACCEL set switch.

I the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH(13 km/h) below the set speed.

I you depress the clutch pedal (manualtransmission), or move the shift lever tothe N (Neutral) position (automatic trans-mission).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the COAST/SET switch.

b) Push and hold the RES/ACCEL setswitch. When the vehicle attains thespeed you desire, release the switch.

c) Push, and release the RES/ACCEL setswitch. Each time you do this, the setspeed increases by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

b) Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

c) Push, and release the COAST/SET

switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed decreases by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RES/ACCEL switch. The ve-hicle returns to the last set cruising speedwhen the vehicle speed is over 30 MPH (48km/h).

Starting and driving 5-17

Z X

Page 126: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

During the first 1,000 miles (1,609 km),follow these recommendations for the futurereliability and economy of your new vehicle.Failure to follow these recommendationsmay result in vehicle damage or shortenedengine life.

I Do not run the engine over 4,000 rpm.

I Do not drive over the following speedlimits:

two-wheel drive models:55 MPH (88 km/h)

four-wheel drive models(2H or 4H position):

55 MPH (88 km/h)

four-wheel drive models(4L position):

30 MPH (48 km/h)

I Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

I Avoid quick starts.

I Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

I Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(805 km).

I Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant accelera-tor position.

I Drive at moderate speeds on the high-way. Driving at high speeds lowers fueleconomy.

I Avoid unnecessary stopping and brak-ing. Maintain a safe distance behindother vehicles.

I Use a proper gear range which suits roadconditions. On level roads, shift into highgear as soon as possible.

I Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

I Keep your engine tuned up.

I Follow the recommended periodic main-tenance schedule.

I Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increasestire wear and wastes fuel.

I Keep the front wheels in correct align-ment. Improper alignment increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

I Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner onlywhen necessary.

I When cruising at highway speeds, it ismore economical to use the air condi-tioner and leave the windows closed toreduce drag.

I

Use 4H or 4L position only when neces-sary. Four-wheel drive operation lowersfuel economy.

SD0001

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUELECONOMY

5-18 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 127: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

CAUTION

I Do not drive on dry hard surfaceroads in four-wheel drive.

I Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4H or4L may cause unnecessary noiseand tire wear. We recommend driv-ing in the 2H position under theseconditions.

WARNING

I When parking the vehicle, apply theparking brake and always make sureto shift the transfer control lever intothe 2H, 4H or 4L position.

I Do not leave the transfer control le-ver in the N (Neutral) position. Oth-erwise, the vehicle could roll unex-pectedly even if the manualtransmission is in gear or the auto-matic transmission is in the P (Park)position.

I Failure to engage the transfer con-trol lever in 2H, 4H, or 4L could resultin the vehicle moving unexpectedly,which in turn could result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

2H — (2WD, high range) Only the rearwheels are driven. Use when driving under

the same conditions as standard 2WD ve-hicle.

4H — (4WD, high range) Four wheels aredriven. Use when driving on roads where itis difficult to drive in the 2H position (i.e.,driving at normal speeds on snow covered,icy, wet, muddy or sandy roads).

4L — (4WD, low range) Four wheels aredriven. Use when climbing or descendingsteep hills, or during hard driving in sand,mud or deep snow. The 4L position providesmaximum power and traction. Avoid raisingvehicle speed excessively, as the maximumspeed is approximately 30 MPH (48 km/h).

N — No wheels are driven. Always keep thetransfer lever out of the N (Neutral) position.Shift the lever quickly and smoothly whenmoving across the N (Neutral) position withthe vehicle stopped.

Your NISSAN is equipped with one of two4WD systems, auto-lock free-running hubsor manual-lock free-running hubs.

ASD1022

TRANSFER CASESHIFTING PROCEDURES FOR4-WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES

Starting and driving 5-19

Z X

Page 128: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

The auto-lock free-running hub is designedto allow for automatic four-wheel drive en-gagement when the shift lever is moved tothe 4H or 4L position. If your vehicle isequipped with this system, follow these op-erational cautions:

CAUTION

I The auto-locking hubs will make aclicking noise when engaging anddisengaging. This is normal.

I Accelerating quickly from a stop af-ter shifting from two-wheel drive tofour-wheel drive may not allow en-gagement of the auto-locking free-running hubs and may cause a clat-tering noise. Continued use of thevehicle with this noise may damagethe hub lock. In such a case, releasethe accelerator pedal to reduce theengine speed or stop the vehicle.

I If the auto-locking hubs make a clat-tering noise after shifting from four-wheel drive to two-wheel drive, stopand move the vehicle about 7 to 10feet (2 to 3 m) in reverse.

I Under extremely cold conditions[below 5°F (-15°C)], the front axleshafts may rotate even with thetransfer lever in the 2H position. Ifthis occurs, the auto-locking hubsmay make a clattering noise. Toavoid this, drive first in four-wheeldrive to warm up the vehicle anddifferential gear oil. Then, shift totwo-wheel drive.

I In cold weather, it may be necessaryto reduce speed or stop the vehiclein order to shift from two-wheel driveto four-wheel drive.

I When shifting into or out of four-wheel drive while driving, do notstop shift lever movement midway.An incomplete shift may cause aclattering noise from the auto-locking hubs. Continued use of thevehicle with this noise may damagethe hub lock. Drive in four-wheeldrive to stop the noise. Shift to two-wheel drive as described.

SD0021

AUTO-LOCKFREE-RUNNING HUBS

5-20 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 129: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

TO SHIFTTRANSFER CASE:

SHIFT PROCEDURE FOR AUTO-LOCK FREE-RUNNING HUBS

From 2H to 4HMove the transfer lever to 4H at speeds below 25 MPH (40 km/h). It is not necessary to depress the clutch pedal. Performthis operation when driving straight.

From 4H to 2H

Move the transfer lever to 2H. This can be done at any speed, and it is not necessary to depress the clutch pedal. Performthis operation when driving straight.NOTE:AUTO-LOCK hubs will not disengage until the vehicle is moved about 3 feet (1 m) in the opposite direction oftravel:I When driving forward, stop and move the vehicle 3 feet (1 m) in reverse.I When backing up, stop and move 3 feet (1 m) forward, then move the vehicle about 3 feet (1 m) in reverse.

Disengaging the AUTO LOCK hubs will allow for better fuel economy, quieter ride and less component wear.

From 4H to 4L or 4Lto 4H

1. Stop the vehicle.2. Depress the clutch pedal, or place the selector lever in the P (Park) position.3. Depress the transfer lever and move it to the 4L or 4H position. Change gears quickly and smoothly.

From 2H to 4L1. Stop the vehicle.2. Depress the clutch pedal, or place the selector lever in the P (Park) position.3. Depress the transfer lever and move it to 4L. Change gears quickly and smoothly.

From 4L to 2H

1. Stop the vehicle.2. Depress the clutch pedal, or place the selector lever in the P (Park) position.3. Depress the transfer lever and move it to 2H. Change gears quickly and smoothly.NOTE:Follow the NOTE shown in shifting from 4H to 2H.

Starting and driving 5-21

Z X

Page 130: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

CAUTIONI Never drive in four-wheel drive (4H

or 4L) with the free-running hubs inthe FREE position.

I Do not drive your vehicle with theleft and right free-running hub set todifferent positions.

I To ensure proper lubrication of frontdrive components, drive in the LOCKposition for at least 10 miles (16 km)each month.

The manual-lock free-running hubs are de-signed to allow you to engage or disengagethe front drive shaft to the front wheels.Before driving, set the free-running hub tothe desired position:

I two-wheel operation — Turn the knob tothe FREE position.

I four-wheel operation — Turn the knob tothe LOCK position.

Be certain to align the S mark on the knobwith the I mark on the wheel hub.

SD0022

MANUAL-LOCKFREE-RUNNING HUBS

5-22 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 131: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

TO SHIFT TRANSFERCASE:

SHIFT PROCEDURE FOR MANUAL-LOCK FREE-RUNNING HUBS

From 2H to 4H1. Stop the vehicle.2. Set both free-running hubs in the LOCK position.3. Move the transfer lever to 4H. It is not necessary to depress the clutch pedal.

From 4H to 2H

Move the transfer lever to 2H. This can be done at any speed, and it is not necessary to depress the clutch pedal. Performthis operation when driving straight.NOTE:For two-wheel drive operation, set the free-running hubs in the FREE position. Disengaging the MANUAL LOCKhubs will allow for better fuel economy, quieter ride and less component wear.

From 4H to 4L or 4L to4H

1. Stop the vehicle.2. Depress the clutch pedal, or place the selector lever in the P (Park) position.3. Depress the transfer lever and move it to the desired 4L or 4H position. Change gears quickly and smoothly.

From 2H to 4L

1. Stop the vehicle.2. Set free-running hubs in the LOCK position.3. Depress the clutch pedal, or place the selector lever in the P (Park) position.4. Depress the transfer lever and move it to 4L. Change gears quickly and smoothly.

From 4L to 2H

1. Stop the vehicle.2. Depress the clutch pedal, or place the selector lever in the P (Park) position.3. Depress the transfer lever and move it to 2H. Chnage gears quickly and smoothly.NOTE:Follow the NOTE shown in shifting from 4H to 2H.

Starting and driving 5-23

Z X

Page 132: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Your NISSAN is designed for both normaland off-road use. It has a higher groundclearance and a narrower track to make itsuitable for off-road use. These characteris-tics give the vehicle a higher center ofgravity than ordinary passenger cars. Anadvantage of the higher ground clearance isa better view of your surroundings, allowingyou to anticipate problems. However, avoiddriving in deep water or mud as yourNISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use,unlike a conventional off-road vehicle.Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

I Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Always wearyour seat belts to help keep you andyour passengers in position whendriving over rough terrain.

I Do not drive across steep slopes.Instead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-roadvehicles can tip over sideways muchmore easily than they can forward orbackward.

I Many hills are too steep for any ve-hicle. If you drive up them, you maystall. If you drive down them, youmay not be able to control yourspeed. If you drive across them, youmay roll over.

I Stay alert when driving to the top ofa hill. At the top there could be adrop-off or other hazard that couldcause an accident.

I If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill,never attempt to turn around. Yourvehicle could tip or roll over. Alwaysback straight down in reverse gear.Never back down in N (neutral) orwith the clutch depressed, usingonly the brake, as this could causeloss of control.

I Heavy braking going down a hill couldcause your brakes to overheat andfade, resulting in loss of control andan accident. Apply brakes lightly anduse a low gear to control your speed.

I If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. Your NISSAN four-wheel drivevehicle has a higher center of gravity

than a two-wheel drive vehicle and cantip over more easily. The vehicle is notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional two-wheeldrive vehicles any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to per-form satisfactorily under off-road con-ditions. Failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly could result in loss of con-trol and/or a rollover accident.

I Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over rough ter-rain. Properly secure it so that it willnot be thrown forward and causeinjury to you or your passengers.

I Avoid raising the center of gravity byloading things on the roof or equip-ping the vehicle with tires larger thanspecified in this manual. This couldcause your vehicle to roll over. Putheavy loads in the cargo area as farforward and as low as possible.

I Do not grip the inside or spokes ofthe steering wheel when driving off-road. The steering wheel could jerkand injure your hands. Instead drivewith your fingers and thumbs on theoutside of the rim.

DRIVING YOURFOUR-WHEEL DRIVE SAFELY

5-24 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 133: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengershave their seat belts fastened.

I Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may become veryhot. Particular care should be takenif you are barefoot.

I Lower your speed when encounter-ing strong crosswinds. With itshigher center of gravity, yourNISSAN is more affected by gustyside winds. Slower speeds ensurebetter vehicle control.

I Do not drive beyond the perfor-mance of the tires even with 4WD.

I Accelerating quickly, steering orbraking may cause loss of control.

I Install the same size of winter tireson all four (four) wheels (such asstudless tires) or install tire chainsto the rear wheels when driving onslippery roads (e.g., after a snow)and drive carefully using 4WD.

I Be sure to check the brakes immedi-ately after driving in mud or water as

specified in ‘‘Wet brakes’’ under theheading ‘‘Brake system,’’ later in thissection.

I Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicle andit rolls forward, backward or side-ways, you could be injured.

I Whenever you drive off-roadthrough sand, mud or water as deepas the wheel hub, more frequentmaintenance may be required. Fordetails, refer to ‘‘Maintenance for off-road driving’’ in the ‘‘Maintenance’’section of this manual.

Checking water entryIf you have driven in deep water or mud,check water entry in the clutch housing byremoving the blind plug at the bottom of thetransmission case. After checking, be sureto reinstall the plug.

ADI0726

Starting and driving 5-25

Z X

Page 134: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

CAUTION

Always use tires of the same size,brand, construction (bias, bias-beltedor radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. A spare tire of the same size,brand, construction and tread patternmust also be used. Failure to do so mayresult in a circumference difference be-tween tires on the front and rear axleswhich will cause excessive tire wearand may damage the transmission,transfer case and differential gears.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced withtires of the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern. The tire pressure andwheel alignment should also be checkedand corrected as necessary. Contact anauthorized NISSAN dealer.

Snow tiresIf you install snow tires, they must also bethe same size, brand, construction andtread pattern on all four wheels.

Tire inflation pressurePeriodically check the pressure in all tires,including the spare, with a gauge. Adjust tothe specified pressure if necessary. Tirepressures are shown on the tire placardaffixed to the glove box.

Tire chainTire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Do not drive with tire chains on paved roadswhich are clear of snow. Driving with chainsin such conditions can cause damage to thevarious mechanisms of the vehicle due tosome overstress. When driving on clearpaved roads, be sure to change to 2WD.

TIRES OF FOUR-WHEELDRIVE

5-26 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 135: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNINGI Do not park the vehicle over flam-

mable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.

I The transfer control levermust be in the 2H, 4H or 4L positionand the parking brake set to preventthe vehicle from rolling.

I Never place the transfer control le-ver in the N (Neutral) position. Oth-erwise, the vehicle could roll unex-

pectedly even if the manual trans-mission is in gear or the automatictransmission is in the P (Park) posi-tion. This could result in serious per-sonal injury or property damage.

I Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set andthe transmission placed into P (Park)position (automatic) or in the appro-priate gear (manual). Failure to do socould cause the vehicle to move un-expectedly or roll away and result inan accident. Make sure the gear

lever has been pushed as far forwardas it can go and cannot be movedwithout depressing the button at theend of the lever.

I Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle.

I Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

I If the ATP lamp is ON, this indicatesthat the automatic transmission P(park) position will not function andthe transfer shift lever is in the Nposition. Failure to engage the trans-fer shift lever in H or 4LO couldresult in the vehicle moving unex-pectedly, resulting in serious per-sonal injury or property damage.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Manual transmission models:

Place the gearshift lever in the R (Re-verse) position. When parking on an up-

MSD0002

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Starting and driving 5-27

Z X

Page 136: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

hill grade, place the gearshift lever in the1st position.

Automatic transmission models:

Move the gearshift lever to the P (Park)position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto the street when parked on an incline,it is a good practice to turn the wheels asillustrated.

I HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: ➀1

Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

I HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: ➁2

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

I HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: ➂3

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK posi-tion and remove the key.

The power assisted steering is designed touse a hydraulic pump, driven by the engine,to assist steering.

If the engine stops or drive belt breaks, youwill still have control of the vehicle. How-ever, much greater steering effort is needed,especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

WARNINGIf the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe much harder to operate.

The brake system has two separate hydrau-lic circuits. If one circuit develops a problem,you will still have braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brakes

The brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, you canstop the vehicle by depressing the brakepedal. However, greater foot pressure onthe brake pedal will be required to stop thevehicle and stopping distance will be longer.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet. As aresult, your braking distance will be longerand the vehicle may pull to one side duringbraking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedalto heat the brakes. Do this until the brakesreturn to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle athigh speeds until the brakes function cor-rectly.

POWER STEERING SYSTEM BRAKE SYSTEM

5-28 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 137: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will overheat the brakes,wear out the brake linings and pads faster,and reduce gas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear, and to preventthe brakes from overheating, reduce speedand downshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade.

WARNINGI While driving on a slippery surface,

be careful when braking, accelerat-ing or downshifting. Abrupt brakingactions or sudden accelerationcould cause the wheels to skid andresult in an accident.

I If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

Normal Operation

The anti-lock brake system does not oper-ate at speeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10km/h). (The speeds vary according to roadconditions.)

When driving, the anti-lock brake systemcontrols the wheels so they will not lockwhen braking abruptly or when braking on aslippery road. Thus, difficult steering andswerving of the vehicle due to lockedwheels is minimized. The system detectsthe wheel rotation rate and electronicallycontrols the pressure applied to each brake.Slight vibration on the brake pedal accom-panied by noise usually occurs while theABS system is operating. Such vibrationand noise encountered during abrupt brak-ing is not a problem, but indicates that thesystem is functioning.

Self-test featureThe anti-lock brake system consists of elec-tronic sensors and hydraulic solenoids con-trolled by a computer. The computer has abuilt-in diagnostic feature that tests the sys-tem each time you start the engine andmove the vehicle at a low speed in forwardor reverse. When the self-test occurs, you

may hear a ‘‘clunk’’ noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This is normaland is not an indication of any malfunction. Ifthe computer senses any malfunction, itswitches the anti-lock brake system off andturns on the ABS brake warning light in thedashboard. The brake system then operatesnormally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, theanti-lock function will cease but the ordinarybrakes will continue to operate normally. TheABS brake warning light will then come on.

If the light comes on while you are driving,contact an authorized NISSAN dealer forrepair.

Using the System, 4WD Vehicles(4 wheel ABS)Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNINGDo not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(ABS)

Starting and driving 5-29

Z X

Page 138: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Using the system, 2WD Vehicles(2 wheel rear ABS)Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

With the rear anti-lock brake system, thefront wheels can still lock. If this happens,release the brake pedal slightly and thenreapply pressure.

WARNINGThe anti-lock brake system is a sophis-ticated device. But it cannot preventaccidents resulting from careless ordangerous driving techniques. It canhelp maintain vehicle control undersome conditions, but remember thatthe stopping distance on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stopping dis-tances may also be longer on rough,gravel, or snow covered roads, or if youare using tire chains. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you. Ultimately, the responsibility forsafety of self and others rests in thehands of the driver.

Tire type and condition may also affectbraking effectiveness.

I When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

I When installing a spare tire, makesure it is the proper size and type asspecified on the tire placard. See‘‘Tire placard’’ in the ‘‘Technical andconsumer information’’ section.

Freeing a frozen door lock

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer or glycerin through the key hole. Ifthe lock becomes frozen, heat the key be-fore inserting it in the key hole.

Anti-freeze

In the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C),check anti-freeze (ethylene glycol base) toassure proper winter protection. For details,see ‘‘Engine cooling system’’ in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ section of this manual.

BatteryIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the bat-tery fluid may freeze and damage the bat-tery. To maintain maximum efficiency, thebattery should be checked regularly. Fordetails, see ‘‘Battery’’ in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’section of this manual.

Draining of coolant waterIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system byopening the drain valves located under theradiator and on the engine block. Refill

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

5-30 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 139: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

before operating the vehicle. For details,see ‘‘Changing engine coolant’’ in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ section of this manual.

Tire equipment

1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performance ofthese tires will be substantially reducedin snowy and icy conditions. If you oper-ate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads,NISSAN recommends the use on all fourwheels of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEA-SON tires. Please consult your NISSANdealer for the tire type, size, speed ratingand availability information.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, stud-ded tires may be used. However, someU.S. states and Canadian provinces pro-hibit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studdedtires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

3. Tire chains may be used. Use of tirechains may be prohibited according to

location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are of proper sizefor the tires on your vehicle and areinstalled according to the chain manufac-turer’s suggestions. Use only SAEClass ‘‘S’’ chains. Other types maydamage your vehicle. Use chain tension-ers when recommended by the tire chainmanufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Looseend links of the tire chain must be se-cured or removed to prevent the possi-bility of whipping action damage to thefenders or undercarriage. If possible,avoid fully loading your vehicle whenusing tire chains. In addition, drive at areduced speed, otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely af-fected. Never install tire chains on aTEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Donot use tire chains on dry roads.

Special winter equipmentIt is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

1. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

2. A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

3. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

4. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

Driving on snow or ice

WARNINGI Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),

very cold snow, or ice can be slickand very hard to drive on. The ve-hicle will have a lot less traction or‘‘grip’’ under these conditions. Try toavoid driving on wet ice until theroad is salted or sanded.

I Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheelswill lose even more traction.

I Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

I Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

Starting and driving 5-31

Z X

Page 140: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake whileactually on the ice, and avoid anysudden steering maneuvers.

I Do not use the cruise control onslippery roads.

I Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keepsnow clear of the exhaust pipe andfrom around your vehicle.

Engine block heater (if so equipped)An engine block heater to assist extremecold temperature starting is availablethrough an authorized NISSAN dealer.

WARNINGDo not use your heater with an un-grounded electrical system or two-pronged (cheater) adapters. You can beinjured by an electrical shock if you usean ungrounded connection.

5-32 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 141: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

6 In case of emergency

Flat tire ...................................................................6-2Pantograph type jack .............................................6-5Jump starting ..........................................................6-8Push starting...........................................................6-9If your vehicle overheats ......................................6-10

Tow truck towing ..................................................6-11Two-wheel drive models ......................................6-12Four-wheel drive models......................................6-12Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ...........6-13

Z X

Page 142: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow:

Stopping the vehicle

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road andaway from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Shift the manual transmis-sion into R (Reverse), or the automatictransmission into P (Park).

WARNINGI The transfer control lever

must be in the 2H, 4H or 4L position.I Never place the transfer control lever

in the N (Neutral) position. Other-wise, the vehicle could roll unexpect-edly even if the manual transmissionis in gear or the automatic transmis-sion is in the P (Park) position. Thiscould result in serious personal in-jury or property damage.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic andto signal professional road assistance

personnel that you require assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the ve-hicle and stand in a safe place away fromtraffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNINGI Make sure that the parking brake is

securely applied and the manualtransmission is shifted into R (Re-verse), or the automatic transmis-sion into P (Park).

I Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or a slippery area.This is hazardous.

I Never change tires if oncoming traf-fic is close to your vehicle. Wait forprofessional road assistance.

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite theflat tire to prevent the vehicle from rollingwhen it is jacked up.

WARNINGBe sure to block the wheel as the ve-hicle may move and could cause per-sonal injury.

MCE0001

FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 143: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Getting the spare tire and tools1. For King Cab models:

a. Move the driver’s seat back fully for-ward.

b. Remove the jack and wheel nutwrench from the tool case from be-hind the driver’s seat.

c. Remove the jack rod from behind thedriver’s seat.

For standard cab models:a. Move the bench seat back fully for-

ward.b. Remove the jack, jack rod, and wheel

nut wrench from behind the driver’sside of the bench seat.

2. Fit the square end of the jack rod into thesquare hole of the wheel nut wrench toform a handle.

3. Find the oval shaped opening under themiddle of the tailgate. Pass the T-shapedend of the jack rod through the openingand direct it towards the spare tire winch,located directly above the spare tire.

4. Seat the T-shaped end of the jack rodinto the T-shaped opening of the sparetire winch, and turn the jack rod counter-clockwise to lower the spare tire.

5. Once the spare tire is completely low-ered, reach under the vehicle, removethe retainer chain, and carefully slide thetire from under the rear of the vehicle.

ACE1017 ACE1010 ACE1024

In case of emergency 6-3

Z X

Page 144: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Removing wheel cover

CAUTIONDo not use your hands to pry off wheelcovers. Doing so could result in per-sonal injury.

Use caution not to scratch the wheel coveror wheel surface.

CE0047M ACE1011

6-4 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 145: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Jacking up the vehicle and remov-ing the wheelAlways refer to the proper illustrations forthe correct placement and jack-up points foryour specific vehicle model and jack type.

WARNINGI Never get under the vehicle while it

is supported only by the jack.

I Use the jack provided with your ve-hicle. Do not use the jack providedwith your vehicle on other vehicles.

I The jack is designed only for liftingyour vehicle during a tire change.

I Use the correct jack up points; neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

I Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

I Never use blocks on or under thejack.

I Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

I Never run the engine with the wheelsoff the ground. It may cause thevehicle to move. This is especiallytrue for vehicles with limited slipdifferential carriers.

ACE1028

PANTOGRAPH TYPE JACK

In case of emergency 6-5

Z X

Page 146: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNING

I Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

I Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

Installing the spare tire

The spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. See specific instructions under theheading ‘‘Wheels and tires’’ in the ‘‘Do-

ACE1027 CE0116

6-6 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 147: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

it-yourself’’ section of this owner’smanual.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten thewheel nuts alternately and evenly untilthey are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts se-curely in the sequence as illustrated.Lower the vehicle completely.

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:87 to 108 ft-lb (118 to 147 N ⋅m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened tospecification at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecification at each lubrication interval.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-sure.

COLD pressure:

After vehicle has been parked for threehours or more or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on thetire placard affixed to the inside of theglove box lid.

I Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been run for 600 miles(965 km).

5. Securely store the flat tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

WARNINGI Always make sure that the spare tire

and jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

I The spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructionsunder the heading ‘‘Wheels andtires’’ in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ sectionof this manual.

In case of emergency 6-7

Z X

Page 148: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions below mustbe followed.

WARNINGI If done incorrectly, jump starting can

lead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It couldalso damage your vehicle.

I Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames awayfrom the battery.

I Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, cloth orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulphuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. If thefluid should come into contact withanything, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

I Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

I The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

I Whenever working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eye pro-tectors (e.g., goggles or industrialsafety spectacles) and remove rings,metal bands, or any other jewelry. Donot lean over the battery when jumpstarting.

I Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

Always follow the instructions ex-actly. Failure to do so could result indamage to the charging system andcause personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the two vehicles to bring theirbatteries into close proximity to each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shiftselector lever to N (Neutral) (on auto-matic transmission models, move thelever to P (Park)). Switch off all unneces-sary electrical systems (lights, heater, airconditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with an oldcloth to reduce explosion hazard.

ACE1018

JUMP STARTING

6-8 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 149: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequenceas illustrated.

CAUTIONI Always connect positive (+) to posi-

tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (e.g., strut mounting bolt,etc.—not to the battery).

I Make sure that cables do not touchmoving parts in the engine compart-ment and that clamps do not contactany other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle at about 2,000 r/min, and start theengine of the vehicle being jump started.

CAUTIONDo not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, turn the keyoff and wait 3 to 4 seconds beforetrying again.

7. After starting your engine, carefully dis-connect the negative cable and then thepositive cable.

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may be con-taminated with corrosive acid.

CAUTIONI Automatic transmission models can-

not be started by pushing. This maycause transmission damage.

I Three-way catalyst equipped modelsshould not be started by pushingsince the three-way catalyst may bedamaged.

I Never try to start the vehicle by tow-ing it. When the engine starts, theforward surge could cause the ve-hicle to collide with the tow vehicle.

PUSH STARTING

In case of emergency 6-9

Z X

Page 150: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated byan extremely high temperature gauge read-ing), or if you feel a lack of engine power, ordetect abnormal noise, etc., take the follow-ing steps:

WARNINGI Do not continue to drive if your ve-

hicle overheats. Doing so couldcause a vehicle fire.

I To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radiatorcap while the engine is still hot.When the radiator cap is removed,pressurized hot water will spurt out,possibly causing serious injury.

I Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,apply the parking brake and move thegearshift lever to N (Neutral), or the au-tomatic transmission into P (Park).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner (if soequipped). Open all of the windows,move the heater or air conditioner tem-

perature control to maximum hot and fancontrol to high speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused by climb-ing a long hill on a hot day, run the engineat a fast idle (approximately 1,500 r/min)until the temperature gauge indicator re-turns to normal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the ra-diator before opening the hood. Wait untilno steam or coolant can be seen beforeproceeding.

5. Open the hood.

WARNINGIf steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leak-ing, or the water pump belt is missing orloose, or the cooling fan does not run,stop the engine.

WARNINGI Be careful not to allow your hands,

hair, jewelry or clothing to come intocontact with, or to get caught in, therunning fan or belts.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the reser-voir tank if necessary. Have your vehiclerepaired at an authorized NISSANdealer.

IF YOUR VEHICLEOVERHEATS

6-10 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 151: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

When towing your vehicle, U.S. States, Ca-nadian provinces and local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle. Tow-ing instructions are available from an autho-rized NISSAN dealer. Local service operatorsare generally familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, NISSAN recommends having aservice operator tow your vehicle. It is advis-able to have the service operator carefullyread the following precautions:

WARNINGI Never ride in a vehicle that is being

towed.

I Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTIONI When towing, make sure that the

transmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working con-dition. If any unit is damaged, a dollymust be used.

I When towing with the front wheelson the ground:Turn the ignition key to the OFFposition and secure the steeringwheel in a straight-ahead positionwith a rope or similar device. Neverplace the ignition key in the LOCKposition. This will result in damageto the steering lock mechanism.

I When towing with the rear wheels onthe ground:Release the parking brake and movethe gearshift lever to the N (Neutral)position.

On automatic transmission models,to move the shift lever to N (Neutral),turn the ignition key to the ACC po-sition. After moving the shift lever toN (neutral), be sure to turn the igni-tion key to the OFF position.

I For four-wheel drive models:Set the free-running hubs to the freeposition. See ‘‘ Auto-lock free-running hubs” or ‘‘ Manual-lockfree-running hubs” as appropriate inthe ‘‘Starting and driving’’ section.

Move the transfer case shift leverinto the 2H position and the trans-mission shift lever into the N (Neu-tral) position.

I Attach safety chains for all towing.

TOW TRUCK TOWING

In case of emergency 6-11

Z X

Page 152: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

TWO-WHEEL DRIVE MODELSNISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground as illustrated.

CAUTION

If you have to tow your vehicle with fourwheels on the ground or with frontwheels raised (with rear wheels on theground), observe the following re-stricted towing speeds and distances:

Automatic transmission model:

I Speed: Below 30 MPH (48 km/h)

I Distance: Less than 40 miles (64 km)

Manual transmission model:

I Speed: Below 60 MPH (97 km/h)

I Distance: Less than 500 miles (805km)

If the speed or distance must necessarily begreater, remove the propeller shaft before-hand to prevent damage to the transmis-sion.

CAUTION

Never tow your vehicle from the rear(i.e., backward) with four wheels on theground, as this may cause serious andexpensive damage to the transmission.

FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE MODELSNISSAN recommends that a dolly be usedas illustrated when towing your vehicle.

ACE1019 ACE0705

6-12 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 153: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

CAUTION

If you have to tow your vehicle with fourwheels on the ground or with front orrear wheels raised, observe the follow-ing restricted towing speeds and dis-tances:

I Speed: Below 60 MPH (97 km/h)

I Distance: Less than 500 miles (805km)

If the speed or distance must necessarily begreater, remove the front and rear propellershafts beforehand to prevent damage to thetransmission.

CAUTION

I Never tow your vehicle from the rear(i.e., backward) with four wheels onthe ground as this may cause seri-ous and expensive damage to thetransmission.

I Be sure to place the transfer caseshift lever into the 2H position andthe transmission shift lever into theN (Neutral) position.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing astuck vehicle)I Tow chains or cables must be attached

only to the main structural members ofthe vehicle.

I Pulling devices should be routed so theydo not touch any part of the suspension,steering, brake or cooling systems.

I Always pull the cable straight out fromthe front or rear of the vehicle. Never pullthe vehicle at an angle.

I Pulling devices such as ropes or canvasstraps are not recommended for use invehicle towing or recovery.

I Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

WARNINGDo not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

In case of emergency 6-13

Z X

Page 154: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

MEMO

6-14 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 155: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior and interior .................................7-2 Corrosion protection...............................................7-4

Z X

Page 156: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care ofit.

In the following cases, please wash yourvehicle as soon as possible to protect thepaint surface:

I after a rainfall to prevent possible dam-age from acid rain.

I after driving on coastal roads.

I when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface.

I when dust or mud builds up on thesurface.

Whenever possible, store or park your ve-hicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park ina shady area or protect the vehicle with abody cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-face when putting on or removing thebody cover.

WashingWash dirt off with a wet sponge and plentyof water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly usinga mild soap, a special vehicle soap orgeneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixedwith clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTIONI Do not use strong household soap,

strong chemical detergents, gaso-line or solvents.

I Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

I Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty ofclean water.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt. There-fore, these areas must be regularly cleaned.Take care that the drain holes in the loweredge of the door are open. Spray waterunder the body and in the wheel wells toloosen the dirt and wash away road salt.

A damp chamois can be used to dry thevehicle to avoid water spots.

WaxingRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.After waxing, polishing is recommended toremove built-up residue and to avoid a‘‘weathered’’ appearance.

An authorized NISSAN dealer can assist

MAI0001

CLEANING EXTERIOR ANDINTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Z X

Page 157: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

you in choosing the proper product.

I Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

I Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleanersthat may damage the vehicle finish.

I If the surface does not polish easily, usea ‘‘road tar’’ remover and wax again.

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finishmay dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

Only apply black wax or black shoe polish tothe black urethane or polypropylenebumper.

Removing spotsRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the surface of the paint to avoid per-manent damage or staining. Special clean-ing products are available at an authorizedNISSAN dealer or any automotive accesso-ries store.

UnderbodyIn areas where road salt is used in winter, it

is necessary to clean the underbody regu-larly in order to prevent dirt and salt frombuilding up and causing corrosion on theunderbody and suspension. Before the win-ter period and again in the spring, theunderseal must be checked and, if neces-sary, retreated.

Cleaning glassUse glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It is nor-mal for glass to be coated with a film afterthe vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glasscleaner and a soft cloth easily remove thisfilm.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the inside of the win-dow, do not use any sharp-edged toolsor abrasive cleaners or chlorine-baseddisinfectant cleaners. They could dam-age the electrical conductors, radio an-tenna elements or rear window defog-ger elements.

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheelsWash regularly, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used.

Salt could discolor the wheel if not removed.

Chrome partsClean all chrome parts regularly with anon-abrasive chrome polish to maintain thefinish.

Cleaning interiorOccasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft brush. Wipe thevinyl and leather surfaces with a clean, softcloth dampened in mild soap solution, thenwipe clean with a dry soft cloth. Beforeusing any fabric protector, read the manu-facturer’s recommendations. Some fabricprotectors contain chemicals that stain orbleach the seat material.

CAUTIONI Never use benzine, thinner or any

similar material.

I Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

Appearance and care 7-3

Z X

Page 158: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Floor mat positioning aid(Driver side only)Some models include a floor mat pin to actas a floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floormats have been specially designed for yourvehicle model. The driver’s side floor mathas a grommet hole incorporated in it. Po-sition the mat by placing the floor mat pinthrough the floor mat grommet hole whilecentering the mat in the footwell. Periodi-cally check to make certain that the matsare properly positioned.

Floor matsThe use of genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Nomatter what mats are used, be sure theyare fitted for your vehicle and are prop-erly positioned in the footwell to preventinterference with pedal operation. Matsshould be maintained with regular cleaningand replaced if they become excessivelyworn.

Seat beltsThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to dry com-pletely before using them.

WARNINGDo not allow wet belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye orchemical solvents since these may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

Most common factors contributingto vehicle corrosion.

1. The accumulation of moisture-retainingdirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

2. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

Environmental factors influence therate of corrosion.

Moisture

The accumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe underside of the body accelerates cor-rosion. Floor sections which have snow andice trapped under the floor matting will notdry.

Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated:

I in areas of high relative humidity.

I in areas where the temperatures stayabove freezing.

I where atmospheric pollution exists.

I where road salt is used.

AAI0500

CORROSION PROTECTION

7-4 Appearance and care

Z X

Page 159: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Temperature

A temperature increase accelerates the rateof corrosion to those parts which are notwell ventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse will accelerate the corrosion process.Road salt will also accelerate the disintegra-tion of paint surfaces.

To protect your vehicle from corro-sion:I wash and wax your vehicle often to keep

the vehicle clean.

I always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

I keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors and tailgate open to avoid wateraccumulation.

I check the underbody and inside thepick-up box. If any sand, dirt or salt isaccumulated, wash it off with water assoon as possible.

CAUTIONI NEVER remove dirt, sand or other

debris from the passenger compart-ment by washing with a hose. Re-move dirt with a vacuum cleaner orbroom.

I Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor panand fenders.

In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, consult an authorized NISSANdealer.

Appearance and care 7-5

Z X

Page 160: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

MEMO

7-6 Appearance and care

Z X

Page 161: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions .......................................8-2Engine compartment check locations ....................8-3Engine cooling system ...........................................8-5Checking engine coolant level ...............................8-5Changing engine coolant .......................................8-6Engine oil ...............................................................8-9Checking engine oil level .......................................8-9Changing engine oil .............................................8-10Changing engine oil filter .....................................8-12Automatic transmission fluid (atf).........................8-13Temperature conditions for checking atf..............8-13Power steering fluid..............................................8-14Brake and clutch fluid...........................................8-15Window washer fluid ............................................8-15Battery ..................................................................8-16Jump starting ........................................................8-17Drive belts ............................................................8-18

Spark plug replacement .......................................8-19Air cleaner housing filter ......................................8-21Wiper blades ........................................................8-23Parking brake check.............................................8-24Brake pedal ..........................................................8-24Brake booster .......................................................8-25Clutch pedal .........................................................8-26Fuses....................................................................8-27Light bulbs ............................................................8-28Headlights ............................................................8-28Bulb replacement .................................................8-29Front fog light bulb replacement (if soequipped) .............................................................8-31Wheels and tires...................................................8-32Four-wheel drive models......................................8-35Clutch housing .....................................................8-37

Z X

Page 162: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. Thefollowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNINGI Park the vehicle on a level surface,

apply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the ve-hicle from moving. For a manualtransmission, move the shift lever toN (Neutral). For an automatic trans-mission, move the shift lever to P(Park).

I Be sure the ignition key is OFF whenperforming any parts replacement orrepairs.

I If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts, and any other movingparts.

I It is advisable to remove ties and anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.,before working on your vehicle.

I Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

I If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases.

I Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

I Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel and battery.

I On gasoline engine models with theMultiport Fuel Injection (MFI) sys-tem, the fuel filter or fuel linesshould be serviced by an authorizedNISSAN dealer because the fuellines are under high pressure evenwhen the engine is off.

CAUTIONI Do not work under the hood while

the engine is hot. Turn the engine offand wait until it cools down.

I Never connect or disconnect eitherthe battery or any transistorizedcomponent connector while the igni-tion is on.

I Avoid contact with used motor oil.Improperly disposed motor oiland/or other vehicle fluids can hurtthe environment. Always conform tolocal regulations for disposal of ve-hicle fluid.

This ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ section gives instruc-tions regarding only those items which arerelatively easy for an owner to perform.

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, andcould affect your warranty coverage. If indoubt about any servicing, have it doneby an authorized NISSAN dealer.

MAINTENANCEPRECAUTIONS

8-2 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 163: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

ADI1051

ENGINE COMPARTMENTCHECK LOCATIONS

Do-it-yourself 8-3

Z X

Page 164: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

ADI1052

8-4 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 165: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a high-quality, year-round,genuine NISSAN anti-freeze coolant solu-tion. The anti-freeze solution contains rustand corrosion inhibitors, therefore additionalengine cooling system additives are notnecessary.

CAUTIONWhen adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only a genuine NISSANanti-freeze coolant or equivalent withthe proper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralized water ordistilled water. The use of other typesof coolant solutions may damage theengine cooling system.

Outside tempera-ture down to

GenuineNissanAnti-freezecoolant orequivalent

Deminer-alizedwater orDistilledwater°C °F

−35 −30 50% 50%

WARNINGI Never remove the radiator cap when

the engine is hot. Wait until the en-gine and radiator cool down. Seriousburns could be caused by high pres-sure fluid escaping from the radiator.See precautions in ‘‘If your vehicleoverheats’’ found in the ‘‘In case ofemergency’’ section of this manual.

I The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure cap. Use only a genuine NIS-SAN cap as it’s replacement.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoir tankwhen the engine is cold. If the coolant levelis below the MIN level, add coolant to theMAX level. If the reservoir tank is empty,check the coolant level in the radiator whenthe engine is cold. If there is insufficientcoolant in the radiator, fill the radiator withcoolant up to the filler opening and also addit to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level.

ADI1026

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Do-it-yourself 8-5

Z X

Page 166: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTI Major cooling system repairs should be

performed by an authorized NISSANdealer. The service procedures can befound in the appropriate NISSAN Ser-vice Manual.

I Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine over-heating.

WARNING

I To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never change the coolantwhen the engine is hot.

I Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

1. Open the radiator drain valve. Open thedrain plugs on the engine block.

2. Open the radiator cap to drain the coolant.

3. Flush the cooling system by runningfresh water through the radiator.

4. Close the radiator drain valve and drainplug on the engine block securely.

5. See ‘‘Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants’’ in the ‘‘Technical andconsumer information’’ section for cool-ing system capacity. Fill the radiatorslowly with the proper mixture of coolantand water. Fill the reservoir tank slowlyup to the MAX level.

8-6 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 167: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

6. Remove the splash shield.

I Remove the six push pins.I Remove the six bolts and the splash

shield.

7. Open and close the air release plug torelease air. Then fill the radiator againand install the radiator cap.

ADI1053

ADI1113 ADI1054

Do-it-yourself 8-7

Z X

Page 168: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

8. Start the engine and warm it up until itreaches normal operating temperature.Then race the engine two or three timesunder no load. Watch the engine coolanttemperature gauge for signs of overheat-ing.

9. Stop the engine. After it completely coolsdown, refill the radiator up to the filleropening. Fill the reservoir tank up theMAX level.

10. Open and close the air release plug torelease air. Then fill the radiator againand install the radiator cap.

ADI1055 ADI1056 ADI1057

8-8 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 169: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

11. Check the drain valve on the radiatorand drain plugs on the engine block forany sign of leakage.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until itreaches operating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait a few minutesfor the oil to drain back into the oilpan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

ADI1058 ADI1059 ADI1060

ENGINE OIL

Do-it-yourself 8-9

Z X

Page 170: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be between the H(High) and L (Low) marks. If the oil levelis below the L (Low) mark, remove the oilfiller cap and pour recommended oilthrough the opening. Do not overfill.

6. Recheck oil level with dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the sever-ity of operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating with insufficient amount ofoil can damage the engine, and suchdamage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let idle until itreaches operating temperature, and thenturn it off.

3. Remove the oil filler cap.

4. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug.

ADI1061 ADI1062 ADI1063

8-10 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 171: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

5. Remove the drain plug with a wrench andcompletely drain the oil.

If the oil filter is to be changed, removeand replace it at this time. See ‘‘Chang-ing engine oil filter’’ later in this section.

WARNINGI Prolonged and repeated contact with

used engine oil may cause skin can-cer.

I Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

I Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

CAUTIONBe careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

Waste oil must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

6. Clean and reinstall the drain plug andwasher. Securely tighten the drain plugwith a wrench. Do not use excessiveforce.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb (29 to 39 N ⋅m)

7. Refill engine with a recommended oilthrough the oil filler opening then installthe oil filler cap securely.

See ‘‘Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants’’ in the ‘‘Technical andconsumer information’’ section for drainand refill capacity.

The drain and refill capacity depends onthe oil temperature and drain time. Usethese specifications for reference only.Always use the dipstick to determinewhen the proper amount of oil is in theengine.

8. Start the engine. Check for leakagearound the drain plug and oil filter. Cor-rect as required.

9. Turn the engine off and wait severalminutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

ADI1064

Do-it-yourself 8-11

Z X

Page 172: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.

3. Remove the splash shield.

I Remove the six push pins.I Remove the six bolts and the splash

shield.

4. Place a large drain pan under the oil filter.

5. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench. Then remove the oil filter byturning it by hand.

CAUTIONBe careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil may be hot.

6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur-face with a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface of theengine.

7. Coat the rubber gasket on the new filterwith engine oil.

8. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resis-tance is felt, then tighten an additional2/3 turn.

9. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.

10.Turn the engine off and wait severalminutes. Check the oil level. Add engineoil if necessary.

ADI1065 ADI1066

8-12 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 173: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNING

I When engine is running, keephands, jewelry and clothing awayfrom any moving parts such as cool-ing fan and drive belts.

I Automatic transmission fluid is poi-sonous and should be stored care-fully in marked containers out of thereach of children.

TEMPERATURE CONDITIONSFOR CHECKING ATF

I The fluid level should be checked usingthe HOT range on the dipstick after thefollowing conditions have been met:

— The engine should be warmed up tooperating temperature.

— The vehicle should be driven at least 5minutes.

— The ATF should be warmed to between122 and 176°F (50 and 80°C).

I The ATF can be checked at fluid tem-peratures of 86 to 122°F (30 to 50°C)using the COLD range on the dipstick

after the engine is warmed up and beforedriving. However, the fluid should bere-checked using the HOT range.

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andset the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and then move the se-lector lever through each gear range,ending in P (Park).

3. Check the fluid level with the engineidling.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it cleanwith lint-free paper.

5. Re-insert the dipstick into the chargingpipe as far as it will go.

6. Remove the dipstick and note the read-ing. If the level is on the low side of eitherrange, add fluid through the chargingpipe.

ADI1067 ADI1068

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONFLUID (ATF)

Do-it-yourself 8-13

Z X

Page 174: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

CAUTIONI DO NOT OVERFILL.

I Use ONLY NISSAN Matic ‘D’ (Conti-nental U.S. and Alaska) or genuineNISSAN Automatic TransmissionFluid (Canada). Dexron TM III/Mercon TM

or equivalent may also be used. Out-side the continental United States andAlaska contact an authorized NISSANdealership for more information re-garding suitable fluids, including rec-ommended brands of Dexron TM

III/Mercon TM.

NOTE:

If the vehicle has been driven for a longtime at high speeds, or in city traffic inhot weather, or if it is being used to pulla trailer, the fluid level cannot be readaccurately. You should wait until the fluidhas cooled down (about 30 minutes).

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT MAX range on the power steering fluidreservoir at fluid temperatures of 122 to176°F (50 to 80°C) or using the COLD MAXrange on the power steering fluid reservoirat fluid temperatures of 32 to 86°F (0 to30°C).

CAUTIONI Do not overfill.

I The recommended fluid is GenuineNISSAN PSF2.

ADI1069 ADI1116 ADI1072

POWER STEERING FLUID

8-14 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 175: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir. Ifthe fluid level is below the MIN line or thebrake warning light comes on, add DOT 3fluid up to the MAX line.

Check the clutch fluid level in the reservoir(manual transmission only). If the fluid levelis below the MIN line, add DOT 3 fluid up tothe MAX line.

If fluid must be added frequently, the systemshould be thoroughly checked by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

For further brake and clutch fluid specifica-tion information, refer to ‘‘Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants’’ in the ‘‘Tech-nical and consumer information’’ section ofthis manual.

WARNINGUse only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake and clutchsystems. The use of improper fluidscan damage the brake system and af-fect the vehicle’s stopping ability.

CAUTIONDo not spill the fluid on any paintedsurfaces. This will damage the paint. Iffluid is spilled, wash with water.

USA OnlyCheck the window washer fluid level in thereservoir tank and add fluid if necessary.Add a washer solvent to the water for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a wind-shield washer anti-freeze. Follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for the mixture ratio.

Canada OnlyAdd fluid when the low washer fluid warninglight comes on. Add windshield washer sol-vent to the water for better cleaning. In thewinter season, add windshield washer anti-freeze.

ADI0716 ADI1034

BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID WINDOW WASHER FLUID

Do-it-yourself 8-15

Z X

Page 176: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Follow the manufacturer’s instructions forthe mixture ratio.

CAUTIONDo not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to the paint.

I Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Any corrosion should be washed off witha solution of baking soda and water.

I Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

I If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 daysor longer, disconnect the negative (−)battery terminal cable to prevent dis-charge.

WARNINGI Do not expose the battery to flames

or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by battery action is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics, orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touchor rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15 min-utes and seek medical attention.

I When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

I Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

1. Gently pry between the battery cap andcover as illustrated to remove the cap.

Use a cloth to protect the battery case.

2. Check the fluid level in each cell.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level up to thelevel indicator in each filler opening. Donot overfill.

ADI0709

BATTERY

8-16 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 177: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see ‘‘Jumpstarting’’ in the ‘‘In case of emergency’’section. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be re-placed. Contact an authorized NISSANdealer.

ADI0710

Do-it-yourself 8-17

Z X

Page 178: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is OFF. Theengine could rotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness.If the belt is in poor condition or loose,have it replaced or adjusted by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for con-dition and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule found in the‘‘Maintenance’’ section of this manual.

ADI1074ADI1073

DRIVE BELTS

8-18 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 179: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNINGBe sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTIONBe sure to use the correct socket toremove the plugs. An incorrect socketcan cause damage.

KA24DE Engine

Platinum-tipped spark plug

It is not necessary to replace platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as conven-tional type spark plugs because they lastmuch longer. Follow the maintenanceschedule, but do not reuse the spark plugsby cleaning or regapping.

I Always replace spark plugs with rec-commended or equivalent ones.

ADI1075 ADI1099

SPARK PLUG REPLACEMENT

Do-it-yourself 8-19

Z X

Page 180: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

VG33E EngineIt is not necessary to replace platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as conven-tional type spark plugs because they lastmuch longer.

Follow the maintenance schedule, but donot reuse the spark plugs by cleaning orregapping.

I Always replace spark plugs with rec-commended or equivalent ones.

1. Disconnect spark plug cables. Keeptrack of the original cable locations.

When disconnecting, always hold theboots — not the cables. Mark all cablesto identify their original location.

ADI1076

ADI1099 ADI1077

8-20 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 181: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

2. Remove spark plugs with a spark plugwrench, (type A or B) supplied in thevehicle’s tool bag.

3. Install spark plugs.

When installing a plug, turn it two orthree turns by hand and then tighten witha spark plug socket. Be careful not toovertighten it.

Tightening torque:14 to 22 ft-lb (20 to 29 N ⋅m)

4. Reconnect the spark plug cables to theiroriginal positions.

The filter element should not be cleanedand reused as it is given a special treat-ment. We recommend it be replaced ac-cording to the maintenance intervals shownin the ‘‘Maintenance’’ section of this manual.When replacing the filter, wipe the inside ofthe air cleaner housing and the cover with adamp cloth.

ADI1078 ADI1081 ADI1079

AIR CLEANER HOUSINGFILTER

Do-it-yourself 8-21

Z X

Page 182: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNINGI Operating the engine with the air

cleaner off can cause you or othersto be burned. The air cleaner notonly cleans the air, it stops flame ifthe engine backfires. If it isn’t thereand the engine backfires, you couldbe burned. Don’t drive with it off, andbe careful working on the enginewith the air cleaner off.

I Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine withthe air cleaner removed. Doing socould result in serious injury.

ADI1080

8-22 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 183: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

CAUTIONI After wiper blade replacement, return

the wiper arm to its original position.Otherwise it may be damaged whenthe engine hood is opened.

I Make sure the wiper blade contactsthe glass. Otherwise, the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chat-ters when running, wax or another materialmay be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild deter-gent. Then rinse the blade with clear water.If your windshield is still not clear aftercleaning the blades and using the wiper,replace the blades.

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the wind-shield.

2. Push the release tab, then move thewiper blade down the wiper arm to re-move.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until it clicks into place.

ADI1111

WIPER BLADES

Do-it-yourself 8-23

Z X

Page 184: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

If you wax the surface of the hood, becareful not to let wax get into the washernozzle. This may cause clogging or im-proper windshield washer operation. Ifwax gets into the nozzle, remove it with aneedle or small pin.

Pull the parking brake lever up. If the num-ber of clicks is out of the range listed above,see an authorized NISSAN dealer.

With the engine running, check distance Abetween the upper surface of the pedal andthe metal floor.

Distance A:

ManualTransmission

AutomaticTransmission

2WD RearWheel ABS

4 1/8 in.(105mm)

4 1/2 in.(115mm)

4WD FourWheel ABS

4 in.(100mm)

4 1/4 in.(110mm)

If it is out of the range shown above, see anauthorized NISSAN dealer.

MDI0005

ADI1035 DI0453

PARKING BRAKE CHECK BRAKE PEDAL

8-24 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 185: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The front disc-type brakes self-adjust everytime the brake pedal is applied. The reardrum-type brakes on two-wheel drive trucksself-adjust every time the parking brake isapplied. The rear drum-type brakes on four-wheel drive trucks self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied. If the brake pedalgoes down farther than normal, it may bedue to a lack of adjustment of the rear drumbrakes. Apply the parking brake severaltimes.

WARNINGIf the brake pedal height does not re-turn to normal, see an authorized NIS-SAN dealer and have it checked.

Brake pad wear indicatorsThe disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, it will make a highpitched scraping or screeching sound whenthe vehicle is in motion whether or not thebrake pedal is depressed. Have the brakes

checked as soon as possible if the wearindicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops is nor-mal and does not affect the function orperformance of the brake system.

The rear drum brakes (if so equipped) donot have audible wear indicators. Shouldyou ever hear an unusually loud noise fromthe rear drum brakes, have them inspectedas soon as possible by an authorized NIS-SAN dealer.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For more information regard-ing brake inspections, see the appropriatemaintenance schedule information in the‘‘Maintenance Schedule’’ section of thismanual.

Check the brake booster function with thefollowing steps:

1. With the engine off, press and releasethe brake pedal several times. Whenbrake pedal movement (distance oftravel) remains the same from one pedalapplication to the next, continue on tonext step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, startthe engine. The pedal height should dropa little.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop theengine. Keeping the pedal depressed forabout 30 seconds, the pedal heightshould not change.

4. Run the engine for one minute withoutdepressing the brake pedal, then turn itoff. Depress the brake pedal severaltimes. The pedal travel distance will de-crease gradually with each depressionas the vacuum is released from thebooster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, havethe brakes checked by an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

BRAKE BOOSTER

Do-it-yourself 8-25

Z X

Page 186: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Press the pedal by hand and be sure thefree travel is within the above limit. If freetravel is out of the range shown above, seean authorized NISSAN dealer.

ADI0528

CLUTCH PEDAL

8-26 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 187: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Passenger compartment

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of higher amperagerating than that specified on the fusebox cover. This could damage the elec-trical system or cause a fire.

If the electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and the headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Remove the fuse box cover.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse opens again, have theelectrical system checked and repairedby an authorized NISSAN dealer.

ADI1036

FUSES

Do-it-yourself 8-27

Z X

Page 188: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

HEADLIGHTS

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam typewhich uses a replaceable headlight (halo-gen) bulb.

CAUTIONI High pressure halogen gas is sealed

inside the halogen bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

I When handling the bulb, do nottouch the glass envelope.

Replacing the headlight bulb1. Open the engine hood.

2. Disconnect the negative (−) batterycable.

3. Disconnect the electrical connector fromthe rear end of the bulb.

4. Push down the spring retainer.

5. Remove the headlight bulb. Do not shakeor rotate the bulb when removing it.

6. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof removal.

I Be sure the lip of the rubber capcontacts the headlight body.

DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB.

CAUTIONI Use the same number and wattage

as originally installed:

Wattage 65/45Bulb No. HB1

I Aiming is not necessary after replac-ing the bulb.

I Do not leave the bulb out of theheadlight reflector for a long periodof time as dust, moisture, and smokemay enter the headlight body andaffect the performance of the head-light.

I When aiming adjustment is neces-sary, contact an authorized NISSANdealer.

ADI1037

LIGHT BULBS

8-28 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 189: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

BULB REPLACEMENT

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Front combination light:

Turn signal light 27 1156

Parking light 3.8 194

Rear combination light:

Turn signal 27 3157

Stop/Tail 27/7 3157

Back-up 27 3156

Rear side marker light 3.4 158

License plate light type A 3.8 168

License plate light type B 5 217

Fog light 35 H3

Dome light 10 —

Dome and cargo light 10 —

Map light 8 —

High-mounted stop light 2.3 2723

Replacing proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C or D.When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

MDI0006

Do-it-yourself 8-29

Z X

Page 190: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

ADI1050

8-30 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 191: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

FRONT FOG LIGHT BULB RE-PLACEMENT (if so equipped)

CAUTION

I High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

I When handling the bulb, do nottouch the glass envelope.

1. Unclip the two metal clips on the side ofthe fog lamp.

2. Pull out and support the fog lamp assem-bly.

3. Disconnect the fog lamp bulb connector.

4. Lift the spring retainer.

5. Remove the fog lamp bulb.

I The fog lamp bulb can not be separatedfrom the wire and is serviced as anassembly.

6. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof removal. DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB.

ADI1110

Do-it-yourself 8-31

Z X

Page 192: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

If you have a flat tire, see the ‘‘In case ofemergency’’ section of this manual.

Maximum inflation pressure

Do not exceed the maximum inflation pres-sures shown on the side wall of the tire.

Tire inflation pressure

Periodically check the tire pressure (includ-ing the spare). Tire pressure should bechecked when tires are COLD. COLD tirepressures are shown on the tire placardaffixed to the inside of the glove box lid.

Incorrect tire pressure may adversely

affect tire life and vehicle handling.

COLD pressure:After vehicle has been parked forthree hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

WARNINGI Improperly inflated tires can fail sud-

denly and cause an accidentI The vehicle weight capacity is indi-

cated on the tire placard. Do not loadyour vehicle beyond this capacity.Overloading your vehicle may resultin reduced tire life, unsafe operatingconditions due to premature tire fail-ure, or unfavorable handling charac-teristics and could also lead to aserious accident. Loading beyond thespecified capacity may also result infailure of other vehicle components.

I Before taking a long trip, or when-ever you have loaded your vehicleheavily, use a tire pressure gauge toensure that the tire pressure is at thespecified level.

I Do not drive your vehicle over 85MPH (137 km/h) unless it is equipped

with high capability tires. Drivingfaster than 85 MPH (137 km/h) mayresult in tire failure, loss of controland possible injury.

Types of tires

WARNING

When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) andconstruction. An authorized NISSANdealer may be able to help you withinformation about tire type, size, speedrating and availability. Replacementtires may have a lower speed ratingthan the factory equipped tires, andmay not match the potential maximumvehicle speed. Never exceed the maxi-mum speed rating of the tire.

All season tiresNISSAN specifies All Season tires on somemodels to provide good performance foruse all year around, including snowy and icyroad conditions. All Season Tires are iden-tified by ‘‘ALL SEASON’’ and/or ‘‘M&S’’ onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have better

DI0047

WHEELS AND TIRES

8-32 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 193: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

snow traction than All Season tires and maybe more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance ondry roads. Summer tire performance insnow and ice will be substantially reduced.Summer tires do not have the tire tractionrating ‘‘M&S’’ on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowyor icy conditions, NISSAN recommends theuse of ‘‘SNOW’’ or ‘‘ALL SEASON’’ tires onall four wheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load ratingto the original equipment tires. If you do not,it can adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S.

States and Canadian provinces prohibittheir use. Check local, state and provinciallaws before installing studded tires. Skidand traction capabilities of studded snowtires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorerthan that of non-studded snow tires.

Four-wheel drive modelIf you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

CAUTIONONLY use spare tires specified for eachfour-wheel drive model.

Tire chainsUse of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are the proper sizefor the tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sug-gestions. Use only SAE class ‘‘S’’ chains.Other types may damage your vehicle. Usechain tensioners when recommended bythe tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tightfit. Loose end links of the tire chain must be

secured or removed to prevent the possibil-ity of whipping action damage to the fendersor undercarriage. If possible, avoid fullyloading your vehicle when using tire chains.In addition, drive at a reduced speed. Oth-erwise, your vehicle may be damagedand/or vehicle handling and performancemay be adversely affected.

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith chains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress. When driv-ing on clear paved roads, be sure to changeto 2WD.

Do-it-yourself 8-33

Z X

Page 194: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Tire rotationNISSAN recommends rotating the tires ev-ery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) for 2WD ve-hicles and every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) for4WD vehicles.

See ‘‘Flat tire’’ in the ‘‘In case of emergency’’section for tire replacing procedures.

Wheel nut tightening torque:87 to 108 ft-lb (118 to 147 N ⋅m)

WARNINGI After rotating the tires, adjust the tire

pressure.

I Retighten the wheel nuts after thewheels have been run for the first600 miles (1,000 km) (also in cases ofa flat tire, etc.).

I Do not include the TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire in the tire rota-tion.

Tire wear and damage

WARNINGI Tires should be periodically in-

spected for wear, cracking, bulgingor objects caught in the tread. Ifexcessive wear, cracks, bulging ordeep cuts are found, the tire shouldbe replaced.

I The original tires have a built-intread wear indicator. When the wearindicator is visible, the tire should bereplaced.

ADI0656 MDI0004

8-34 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 195: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I Improper service for a TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire may result inserious personal injury. If it is neces-sary to repair the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire, contact an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

Changing tires and wheelsWhen replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carryingcapacity as originally equipped. Recom-mended types and sizes are shown in‘‘Wheel/tire size’’ in the ‘‘Technical and con-sumer information’’ section of this manual.

WARNINGI The use of tires other than those

recommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construction(bias, bias-belted or radial), or treadpatterns can adversely affect the ride,braking, handling, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, snow chainclearance, speedometer calibration,headlight aim and bumper height.Some of these effects may lead toaccidents and could result in seriouspersonal injury.

I If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same offset dimen-sion. Wheels of a different offsetcould cause early tire wear, poor ve-hicle handling characteristics and/orinterference with the brake discs/drums. Such interference can lead todecreased braking efficiency and/orearly brake pad/shoe wear.

I Do not install a deformed wheel ortire even if it has been repaired. Suchwheels or tires could have structuraldamage and could fail without warn-ing.

I The use of retread tires is not recom-mended.

FOUR-WHEEL DRIVEMODELS

CAUTIONAlways use tires of the same size,brand, construction (bias, bias-beltedor radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. A spare tire of same size,brand, construction and tread patternmust also be used.

Failure to do so may result in a circum-ference difference between tires on thefront and rear axles which will causeexcessive tire wear and may damagethe transmission, transfer case and dif-ferential gears.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced withtires of the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern. The tire pressure andwheel alignment should also be checkedand corrected as necessary. Contact anauthorized NISSAN dealer.

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han-dling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performedwith the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balanc-ing the front wheels on the vehicle couldlead to transmission damage.

Care of wheelsI Wash the wheels when washing the ve-

hicle to maintain their appearance.

Do-it-yourself 8-35

Z X

Page 196: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the underside ofthe vehicle is washed.

I Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

I Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. This may cause loss of pres-sure or damage the tire bead.

I NISSAN recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

Spare tireYour vehicle may be equipped with a TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire.To avoid property damage or personal injurywhen using the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire, observe the following cautions:

WARNINGI The spare tire should be used for

emergency use only. It should bereplaced by the standard tire at thefirst opportunity to avoid possibletire or differential damage.

I Drive carefully while the TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-stalled. Avoid sharp turns andabrupt braking while driving.

I Periodically check spare tire infla-tion pressure. Always keep the pres-sure of the T135/70R16 spare tire at60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar). For the fullsize spare tire pressure, check thetire placecard located on the insideof the glovebox lid.

I Do not drive the vehicle at speedsfaster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

I When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used onthe front wheels and the original tireused on the rear wheels (drivewheels). Use tire chains only on thetwo rear original tires.

I Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a fasterrate than the standard tire. Replacethe TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire as soon as the tread wear indi-cators appear.

I Do not use the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire on other vehicles.

I Do not use more than one TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire at thesame time.

I Do not tow a trailer when the TEM-PORARY USE ONLY T135/70R16spare is installed.

CAUTIONI The transfer control lever must

be in the 2H position to prevent thetransfer case and differential gearsfrom being damaged.

I Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tirechains will not fit properly on a TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire andmay cause damage to the vehicle.

I Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire is smaller than the originaltire, ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle, do notdrive over obstacles. Also, do notdrive the vehicle through an automaticcar wash since it might get caught.

8-36 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 197: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Checking water entryIf you have driven in deep water or mud,check water entry in the clutch housing byremoving the blind plug at the bottom of thetransmission case. After checking, be sureto reinstall the plug.

ADI0726

CLUTCH HOUSING

Do-it-yourself 8-37

Z X

Page 198: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

MEMO

8-38 Do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 199: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

9 Maintenance

General maintenance .............................................9-2Outside the vehicle.................................................9-2Inside the vehicle ...................................................9-3Under the hood and vehicle ...................................9-4

Periodic maintenance schedules ...........................9-5Schedule one .........................................................9-5Schedule two..........................................................9-5Explanation of maintenance items.......................9-10

Z X

Page 200: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Your new NISSAN has been designed tohave minimum maintenance requirementswith longer service intervals to save youboth time and money. However, some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essentialto maintain your NISSAN’s good mechani-cal condition, as well as its emission andengine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the specified maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesproper maintenance. You are a vital link inthe maintenance chain.

General maintenance

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normalday-to-day operation of the vehicle. Theyare essential if your vehicle is to continue tooperate properly. It is your responsibility toperform these maintenance proceduresregularly as prescribed.

These checks or inspections can be doneby yourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, an authorized NISSAN dealer.

Periodic maintenanceThe maintenance items listed under peri-odic maintenance in this section are re-quired to be serviced at regular intervals.

However, under severe driving conditions,additional or more frequent maintenancewill be required.

Where to go for serviceIf maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and tuned by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe-cialists who and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips, and in-dealershiptraining programs. They are completelyqualified to work on NISSAN vehiclesbefore they work on your vehicle, ratherthan after they have worked on it.

You can be confident that an authorizedNISSAN dealer’s service department per-forms the best job to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle — in a reliableand economic way.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance should beperformed regularly as prescribed in thissection. If you detect any unusual sounds,vibrations or smells, be sure to check for thecause or have an authorized NISSANdealer do it promptly. In addition, you shouldnotify an authorized NISSAN dealer if youthink that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, closely observe the precau-tions in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ section of thismanual.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.

Additional information on the followingitems with ‘‘*’’ is found in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ section of this manual.

Tires* Check the pressure with a gaugeperiodically when at a service station, in-cluding the spare, and adjust to the speci-fied pressure if necessary. Check carefullyfor damage, cuts or excessive wear.

Wheel nuts* When checking the tires, make

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

9-2 Maintenance

Z X

Page 201: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

sure no wheel nuts are missing, and check forany loose wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation* Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km) for 2WD vehiclesand 3,750 miles (6,000 km) for 4WD ve-hicles.

Wheel alignment and balance If the ve-hicle should pull to either side while drivingon a straight and level road, or if you detectuneven or abnormal tire wear, there may bea need for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.

Windshield wiper blades* Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Doors and hood Check that all doors andthe hood operate properly. Also ensure thatall latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges,latches, rollers and links if necessary. Makesure that the secondary latch keeps thehood from opening when the primary latchis released.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubricationfrequently.

Lights* Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and installedsecurely. Also check headlight aim.

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing periodic maintenance,cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Additional information on the followingitems with an ‘‘*’’ is found in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ section of this manual.

Warning lights and chimes Make sure allwarning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield wiper and washer* Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly andthat the wipers do not streak.

Windshield defroster Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operating theheater or air conditioner.

Steering wheel Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive free-play, hard steering or strange noises.

Seats Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. toensure they operate smoothly and alllatches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints move up anddown smoothly and the locks (if soequipped) hold securely in all latched posi-tions.

Seat belts Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (e.g., buckles, anchors, adjust-ers and retractors) operate properly andsmoothly, and are installed securely. Checkthe belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear ordamage.

Accelerator pedal Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort.Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Clutch pedal* Make sure the pedal oper-ates smoothly and check that it has theproper free travel.

Brakes Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Brake pedal and booster* Check the pedalfor smooth operation and make sure it hasthe proper distance under it when de-pressed fully. Check the brake booster func-

Maintenance 9-3

Z X

Page 202: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

tion. Be certain to keep the floor mat awayfrom the pedal.

Parking brake* Check that the lever hasthe proper travel and confirm that yourvehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hillwith only the parking brake applied.

Automatic transmission Park positionmechanism Check that the lock releasebutton on the selector lever operates prop-erly and smoothly. On a fairly steep hillcheck that your vehicle is held securely withthe selector lever in the P position withoutapplying any brakes.

UNDER THE HOOD ANDVEHICLE

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (e.g., each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Additional information on the followingitems with an ‘‘*’’ is found in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself operations’’ section.

Windshield washer fluid* Check that thereis adequate fluid in the reservoir.

Engine coolant level* Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Radiator and hoses Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks, de-formation, rot or loose connections.

Brake and clutch fluid levels* Make surethat the brake and clutch fluid level is be-tween the MIN and MAX lines on the reser-voir.

Battery* Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines.

Engine drive belts* Make sure the drivebelts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level* Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level surface withthe engine off. Wait a few minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.

Power steering fluid level* and linesCheck the level when the fluid is cold, withthe engine off. Check the lines for properattachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Automatic transmission fluid level*Check the level after putting the selectorlever in P with the engine idling at operatingtemperature.

Exhaust system Make sure there are no

loose supports, cracks or holes. If the soundof the exhaust seems unusual or there is asmell of exhaust fumes, immediately havethe exhaust system inspected by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer. See the carbon mon-oxide warning in the ‘‘Starting and driving’’section of this manual.

Underbody The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust. Itis very important to remove these sub-stances from the underbody, otherwise rustmay form on the floor pan, frame, fuel linesand exhaust system. At the end of winter,the underbody should be thoroughly flushedwith plain water, in those areas where mudand dirt may have accumulated. See the‘‘Appearance and care’’ section of thismanual.

Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after use isnormal. If you should notice any leaks or ifgasoline fumes are evident, check for thecause and have it corrected immediately.

9-4 Maintenance

Z X

Page 203: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

To ensure smooth, trouble-free, safe andeconomical driving, NISSAN provides twoperiodic maintenance schedules that maybe used, depending upon the conditions inwhich you usually drive. These schedulescontain both distance and time intervals, upto 60,000 miles (96,000 km)/48 months. Formost people, the odometer reading will in-dicate when service is needed. However, ifyou drive very little, your vehicle should beserviced at the regular time intervals shownin the schedule.

After 60,000 miles (96,000 km)/48months, continue periodic maintenanceat the same mileage/time intervals.

SCHEDULE ONE

Follow Periodic Maintenance Schedule oneif your driving habits frequently include oneor more of the following driving conditions:

I Repeated short trips of less than 5miles (8 km).

I Repeated short trips of less than 10miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures below freezing.

I Operating the vehicle in hot weather

during stop-and-go ‘‘rush hour’’ traf-fic.

I Extensive idling and/or low speeddriving for long distances, such aspolice, taxi or door-to-door deliveryuse.

I Driving in dusty conditions.

I Driving on rough, muddy, or saltspread roads.

I Towing a trailer, using a camper or acar-top carrier.

SCHEDULE TWOFollow Periodic Maintenance Schedule twoif none of the driving conditions shown inSchedule one apply to your driving habits.

Maintenance for off-road driving( only)Whenever you drive off-road through sand,mud or water as deep as the wheel hub,more frequent maintenance may be re-quired of the following items:

¶ Brake pads and rotors

¶ Brake linings and drums

¶ Brake lines and hoses

¶ Wheel bearing grease and free-runninghub grease

¶ Differential, transmission and transfer oil

¶ Steering linkage

¶ Propeller shafts and front drive shafts

¶ Air cleaner filter

These items should be checked frequentlyto assure safe and proper operation of yourvehicle.

PERIODIC MAINTENANCESCHEDULES

Maintenance 9-5

Z X

Page 204: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Schedule OneAbbreviations: R = Replace I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. [ ]: At the mileage intervals only

MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

Perform at number of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Miles × 1,000 3.75 7.5 11.25 15 18.75 22.526.25 30 33.75 37.541.25 45 48.75 52.556.25 60(km × 1,000) (6) (12) (18) (24) (30) (36) (42) (48) (54) (60) (66) (72) (78) (84) (90) (96)Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48

Emission control system maintenanceDrive belts I* I*Air cleaner filter See NOTE (1) [R] [R]Positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) filter(KA24DE only)

See NOTE (2) [R] [R]

EVAP vapor lines I* I*Fuel lines I* I*Fuel filter See NOTE (2)*Engine coolant See NOTE (3) R*Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R REngine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R RSpark plugs (Use PLATINUM-TIPPED type) [R]Intake and exhaust valve clearance (KA24DE only) See NOTE (4)Timing belt (VG33E only) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)

NOTE: (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.(2) If vehicle is operated under extremely adverse weather conditions or in areas where ambient temperatures are either extremely low or

extremely high, the filters might become clogged. In such an event, replace them immediately.(3) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months.(4) If valve noise increases, inspect valve clearance.

* Maintenance items and intervals with an ‘‘*’’ are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not performsuch maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervalsare required.

9-6 Maintenance

Z X

Page 205: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Schedule OneAbbreviations: R = Replace I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. [ ]: At the mileage intervals only

MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

Perform at number of miles, kilometersor months, whichever comes first.

Miles × 1,000 3.75 7.5 11.25 15 18.75 22.5 26.25 30 33.75 37.5 41.25 45 48.75 52.5 56.25 60

(km × 1,000) (6) (12) (18) (24) (30) (36) (42) (48) (54) (60) (66) (72) (78) (84) (90) (96)

Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48

Chassis and body maintenance

Brake lines & cables I I I I

Brake pads, rotors, drums & linings I I I I I I I I

Automatic transmission, transfer & differen-tial gear oil (exc. LSD) See NOTE (1) I I I I

Limited-slip differential (LSD) gear oil See NOTE (1) I R I I

Manual transmission oil See NOTE (1) I I I [R]

Steering gear (box) & linkage, axle & suspension parts I I I I I I I I

Drive shaft boots & propeller shaft ( ) I I I I I I I I

Front wheel bearing grease (4x2) I I

Front wheel bearing grease & free-runninghub grease ( ) See NOTE (2) I R I R

Exhaust system I I I I I I I I

Air bag system See NOTE (3)

NOTE: (1) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top carrier, or driving on rough or muddy roads, change (not just inspect) oil at every 30,000miles (48,000 km) or 24 months except for LSD. Change LSD gear oil every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months.

(2) If operating frequently in water, replace grease every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 3 months.(3) Inspect the supplemental air bag system 10 years after the date of manufacture noted on the FMVSS certification label.

Maintenance 9-7

Z X

Page 206: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Schedule TwoAbbreviations: R = Replace I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. [ ]: At the mileage intervals only

MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

Perform at number of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Miles × 1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

(km × 1,000) (12) (24) (36) (48) (60) (72) (84) (96)

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

Emission control system maintenance

Drive belts I* I*

Air cleaner filter [R] [R]

Positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) filter(KA24DE only)

See NOTE (1) [R] [R]

EVAP vapor lines I* I*

Fuel lines I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (1)*

Engine coolant See NOTE (2) R*

Engine oil R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs (Use PLATINUM-TIPPED type) [R]

Intake and exhaust valve clearance (KA24DE only) See NOTE (3)

Timing belt (VG33E only) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)

NOTE: (1) If vehicle is operated under extremely adverse weather conditions or in areas where ambient temperatures are either extremely lowor extremely high, the filters might become clogged. In such an event, replace them immediately.

(2) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months.(3) If valve noise increases, inspect valve clearance.

* Maintenance items and intervals with an ‘‘*’’ are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not performsuch maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervalsare required.

9-8 Maintenance

Z X

Page 207: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Schedule TwoAbbreviations: R = Replace I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. [ ]: At the mileage intervals only

MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

Perform at number of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Miles × 1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

(km × 1,000) (12) (24) (36) (48) (60) (72) (84) (96)

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

Chassis and body maintenance

Brake lines & cables I I I I

Brake pads, rotors, drums & linings I I I I

Automatic transmission, transfer & differential gear oil (exc. LSD) I I I I

Manual transmission oil I I I [R]

Limited-slip differential (LSD) gear oil I R I R

Steering gear (box) & linkage, axle & suspension parts I I

Drive shaft boots ( ) I I I I

Front wheel bearing grease (4x2) I I

Front wheel bearing grease & free-running hub grease ( ) I R I R

Exhaust system I I

Supplemental air bag system See NOTE (1)

NOTE: (1) Inspect the supplemental air bag system 10 years after the date of manufacture noted on the FMVSS certification label.

Maintenance 9-9

Z X

Page 208: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

EXPLANATION OFMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with an ‘‘*’’ is found in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ section of this manual.

Emission control systemmaintenance

Drive belts* Check drive belts for wear,fraying or cracking and also for proper ten-sion. Replace any damaged drive belts.

Air cleaner filter Under normal driving con-ditions, the air cleaner filter should be re-placed in accordance with the maintenanceschedule. However, driving the vehicle industy areas may cause rapid clogging of theelement. Consequently, the element mayhave to be replaced more frequently.

Positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) fil-ter Under normal driving conditions, thefilter should be replaced in accordance withthe maintenance schedule. If the vehicle isoperated under extremely adverse weatherconditions or in areas where ambient tem-peratures are either extremely low or ex-tremely high, the filter may become clogged

more rapidly. In such an event, replace thefilter immediately.

EVAP Vapor lines Check vapor lines andconnections for leaks, looseness, or dete-rioration. If leaks are found, replace thelines.

Fuel lines (hoses, piping, connections,etc.) Check the fuel hoses, piping and con-nections for leaks, looseness or deteriora-tion. Replace any damaged parts.

Fuel filter If the vehicle is operated underextremely adverse weather conditions or inareas where ambient temperatures are ei-ther extremely low or extremely high, thefilter might become clogged. In such anevent, replace the filter immediately.

Engine coolant* Flush and refill the coolingsystem.

Engine oil and oil filter* Under normaldriving conditions, the engine oil and oil filtershould be replaced in accordance with themaintenance schedule. However, under se-vere driving conditions, they may have to bereplaced more frequently.

Spark plugs* Replace with new plugs hav-ing the correct heat range.

Chassis and body maintenanceBrake lines and cables Check the brakelines and hoses (including brake boostervacuum hoses, connections & check valve)and parking brake cables for proper attach-ment, leaks, cracks, chafing, abrasion, de-terioration, etc.

Brake pads, rotors, drums and liningsCheck these and the other brake compo-nents for wear, deterioration and leaks. Un-der severe driving conditions, they may haveto be inspected more frequently.

Manual and automatic transmission,transfer and differential gear oil Visuallyinspect for signs of leakage and replace oilfor limited-slip differential. Under severedriving conditions, the oil should be re-placed at the specified interval.

Steering gear (box) and linkage, axle andsuspension parts and drive shaft bootsCheck for damage, looseness and leakageof oil or grease. Under severe driving con-ditions, they may have to be inspected morefrequently.

9-10 Maintenance

Z X

Page 209: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Propeller shaft(s) Check the propellershaft(s) for damage, looseness and greaseleakage under severe driving conditions( only).

Front wheel bearing grease and free-running hub grease Check the wheelbearing for grease leakage around greaseseals, axial end play and smooth turning.Repack these in accordance with the main-tenance schedule (4x2).

Check the wheel bearing and free runninghub for grease leakage around greaseseals, axial end play and smooth turning.Repack these in accordance with the main-tenance schedule. In case of frequent driv-ing in muddy water, the bearing grease andfree-running hub grease inspection shouldbe performed more frequently ( ).

Exhaust system Visually check the ex-haust pipes, muffler, and hangers for properattachment, leaks, cracks, chafing, abra-sion, deterioration, etc. Under severe driv-ing conditions, inspection should be per-formed more frequently.

Supplemental air bag system Check thesupplemental air bag system componentsfor proper attachment, damage, deformities,

cracks, rust, etc. Work around and on thesupplemental air bag system should bedone by an authorized NISSAN dealer.

Maintenance 9-11

Z X

Page 210: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

MEMO

9-12 Maintenance

Z X

Page 211: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

10 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ......10-2Fuel recommendation...........................................10-4Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ..............10-6Recommended sae viscosity number ..................10-7Air conditioner system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ..................................10-8Engine ..................................................................10-9Wheel/tire size....................................................10-10Dimensions and weights ....................................10-11Registering your vehicle in another country.......10-12Vehicle identification ..........................................10-12Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate...........10-12Vehicle identification number (chassisnumber) ..............................................................10-12Engine serial number .........................................10-13FMVSS certification label ...................................10-13

Emission control information label .....................10-14Tire placard ........................................................10-14Air conditioner specification label.......................10-14Installing license plate ........................................10-15Vehicle loading information................................10-15Securing the load ...............................................10-16Truck-camper loading.........................................10-17Trailer towing......................................................10-21Towing load/specification chart ..........................10-23Uniform tire quality grading ................................10-26Emission control system warranty......................10-27Reporting safety defects (USA) .........................10-27Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test (US only) .....................................................10-28

Z X

Page 212: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the proceduredescribed in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate)Recommended Fluids & LubricantsUS

measureImp

measure Liter

Fuel

KA24DE (4 cylinder) 15-7/8 gal 13-1/4 gal 60

VG33E (6 cylinder) 19-3/8 gal 16-1/8 gal 73

Engine oilDrain and Refill

KA24DE

4x2 With oil filter 3-3/4 qt 3-1/8 qt 3.5

Without oil filter 3-1/2 qt 2-7/8 qt 3.3 I API Certification Mark *2

4X4 With oil filter 4-1/8 qt 3-3/8 qt 3.9 I API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving II

Without oil filter 3-7/8 qt 3-1/4 qt 3.7 or API grade SJ, Energy Conserving *2

VG33E With oil filter 3-1/2 qt 2-7/8 qt 3.3 I ILSAC grade GF-II*2

Without oil filter 3-1/8 qt 2-5/8 qt 3.0

Cooling system (with heater and reservoir tank)

KA24DE M/T 4X2 9-5/8 qt 8 qt 9.15

4X4 9-3/4 qt 8-1/8 qt 9.25 50% Genuine NISSAN Anit-freeze

A/T 9-1/2 qt 7-7/8 qt 8.95 coolant or equivalent

VG33E 50% Demineralized or Distilled water

A/T & M/T 4X4 11-5/8 qt 9-5/8 qt 10.95

*1: For further details, see ‘‘Fuel recommendation’’.*2: For further details, see ‘‘Recommended SAE engine oil viscosity’’.

CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS

10-2 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 213: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Capacity (Approximate)Recommended Fluids & LubricantsUS

measureImp

measure Liter

Manual transmission gear oilKA24DE 4x2 4-1/4 pt 3-1/2 pt 2.0

API GL-4*1 Viscosity SAE 75W-90 only4x4 10-3/8 pt 8-5/8 pt 4.9

VG33E 4x4 10-3/4 pt 9 pt 5.1

Manual steering gear oil 1-3/8 pt 1-1/8 pt 0.62 API GL-4*1

Final drive

KA24DE 4x2 M/T

API GL-5*1

Regular cab 3-1/8 pt 2-5/8 pt 1.5King cab 2-3/4 pt 2-1/4 pt 1.34x2 A/T 3-1/8 pt 2-5/8 pt 1.54x4 Front 2-3/4 pt 2-1/4 pt 1.3

Rear 2-3/4 pt 2-1/4 pt 1.3

VG33E 4x4 Front 3-1/8 pt 2-5/8 pt 1.5

Rear 5-7/8 pt 4-7/8 pt 2.8

Transfer fluidKA24DE 2-3/8 qt 2 qt 2.2 Nissan Matic ‘D’ (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Genuine Nis-

san Automatic Transmission Fluid (Canada) or API GL-4. *4VG33E 2-3/8 qt 2 qt 2.2

Automatic transmission fluidRefill to the proper oil level according tothe instructions in the ‘‘Do-it-yourself’’section.

Nissan Matic ‘D’ (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Genuine Nis-san Automatic Transmission Fluid (Canada). *4

Power steering fluid Genuine Nissan PSF2

Brake and clutch fluid Genuine Nissan Brake Fluid*5 or equivalentDOT 3 (US FMVSS No. 116)

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Complex)

Air conditioning system refrigerant lb (kg) 1.32 - 1.54 (0.60 - 0.70) HFC-134a (R-134a)*6

Air conditioning system lubricant 6.8 oz 7.0 oz 200 ml Nissan A/C System Oil Type R or equivalent*6

*1: For further details, see ‘‘Recommended SAE gear oil viscosity’’.*2: SAE 90 is acceptable in temperatures above 0°F (−18°C).*3: Contact your NISSAN dealer for a list of approved oils.*4: DexronTM III/MerconTM or equivalent may also be used. Outside the Continental United States and Alaska contact an authorized Nissan dealership for more information regarding suitable

fluids, including recommended brand(s) of DexronTM III/MerconTM Automatic Transmission Fluid.*5: Available in mainland U.S.A. through an authorized NISSAN dealer.*6: For further details, see ‘‘Air conditioner specification label’’.

Technical and consumer information 10-3

Z X

Page 214: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONYour vehicle is designed to operate onunleaded gasoline with an octane ratingof at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)(Research octane number 91).

CAUTIONI Using a fuel other than that specified

could adversely affect the emissioncontrol devices and systems, andcould also affect the warranty cover-age.

I Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

Reformulated GasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing re-formulated gasolines. These gasolines arespecially designed to reduce vehicle emis-sions. NISSAN supports efforts towardscleaner air and suggests that you use refor-mulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and

methanol with or without advertising theirpresence. Nissan does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your NISSANcannot be readily determined. If in doubt,ask your service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usageof such fuels may cause vehicle perfor-mance problems and/or fuel system dam-age.

I The fuel should be unleaded andhave an octane rating no lower thanthat recommended for unleadedgasoline.

I If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

I If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitableamount of appropriate cosolventsand corrosion inhibitors. If not prop-erly formulated with appropriate co-

solvents and corrosion inhibitors,such methanol blends may cause fuelsystem damage and/or vehicle perfor-mance problems. At this time, suffi-cient data is not available to ensurethat all methanol blends are suitablefor use in NISSAN vehicles.

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and hard hot starting are experi-enced after using oxygenate-blend fuels,immediately change to a non-oxygenatefuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygen-ates can cause paint damage.

After Market Fuel Additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use ofany fuel additives (i.e., fuel injector cleaner,octane booster, intake valve deposit remov-ers, etc.) which are sold commercially. Manyof these additives intended for gum, varnishor deposit removal may contain active sol-vents or similar ingredients that can beharmful to the fuel system and engine.

10-4 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 215: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Octane rating tips

In most parts of North America, you shoulduse unleaded gasoline with an octane ratingof at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index). How-ever, you may use unleaded gasoline withan octane rating as low as 85 AKI in highaltitude areas (over 4,000 ft [1,219 m]) suchas: Colorado, Montana, New Mexico, Utah,Wyoming, northeastern Nevada, southernIdaho, western South Dakota, western Ne-braska, and the part of Texas which isdirectly south of New Mexico.

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than stated above can causepersistent, heavy ‘‘spark knock.’’ (‘‘Sparkknock’’ is a metallic rapping noise.) Ifsevere, this can lead to engine damage. Ifyou detect a persistent heavy sparkknock even when using gasoline of thestated octane rating, or if you hear steadyspark knock while holding a steady speedon level roads, have an authorized NIS-SAN dealer correct the condition. Failureto correct the condition is misuse of thevehicle, for which NISSAN is not respon-sible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result in sparkknock, after-run and/or overheating, which

may cause excessive fuel consumption orengine damage. If any of the above symp-toms are encountered, have your vehiclechecked at an authorized NISSAN dealer.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This isno cause for concern, because you getthe greatest fuel benefit when there islight spark knock for a short time underheavy engine load.

Technical and consumer information 10-5

Z X

Page 216: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to chose engine oil with thecorrect quality and viscosity to ensure sat-isfactory engine life and performance. NIS-SAN recommends the use of a low frictionoil (energy conserving oil) in order to im-prove fuel economy and conserve energy.Oils which do not have the specified qualitylabel should not be used as they couldcause engine damage.

Only those engine oils with the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) CERTIFICATIONMARK on the front of the container shouldbe used. This type of oil supersedes theexisting API SG, SH or SJ and EnergyConserving II categories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the APICERTIFICATION MARK, use an API gradeSG/SH, Energy Conserving II or API gradeSJ, Energy Conserving oil. An oil with asingle designation SG or SH, or in combina-tion with other categories (for example,SG/CC or SG/CD) may also be used if onewith the API CERTIFICATION MARK cannot

be found. An ISLAC grade GF-II oil can alsobe used.

Mineral based or synthetic type oils may beused in your NISSAN vehicle. These oilsmust however, meet the API quality andSAE viscosity ratings specified for your ve-hicle. Do not mix mineral based and syn-thetic type oils in the engine.

Oil additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because of this,it is important that the engine oil viscosity beselected based on the temperatures atwhich the vehicle will be operated beforethe next oil change. The chart ‘‘Recom-mended SAE viscosity number’’ shows therecommended oil viscosities for the ex-pected ambient temperatures. Choosing anoil viscosity other than that recommended

ATI0507

10-6 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 217: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

could cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped witha high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter.When replacing, use a genuine NISSAN oilfilter or its equivalent for the reason de-scribed in ‘‘Change intervals’’.

Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter otherthan the specified quality, or oil and filterchange intervals longer than recommendedcould reduce engine life. Damage to theengine caused by improper maintenance oruse of incorrect oil and filter quality and/orviscosity is not covered by the new NISSANvehicle warranties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recom-mended change interval. Oil and filterchange intervals depend upon how you useyour vehicle. Operation under the followingconditions may require more frequent oiland filter changes:

— repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures,

— driving in dusty conditions,

— extensive idling,

— towing a trailer.

RECOMMENDED SAEVISCOSITY NUMBER

I SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferredfor all temperatures. SAE 10W-30 vis-cosity oil may be used if the ambienttemperature is above 0°F (-18°C).

ATI0509

Technical and consumer information 10-7

Z X

Page 218: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I 80W-90 for the differential and 75W-90for the transfer case are preferable forambient temperatures below 104°F(40°C).

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONSThe air conditioner system in this NIS-SAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and thelubricant, NISSAN A/C system lubricantType R or the exact equivalents.

CAUTIONUse of any other refrigerant or lubricantwill cause severe damage and you willneed to replace your vehicle’s entire airconditioner system.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant doesnot affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernment regulations require the recov-ery and recycling of any refrigerant duringautomotive air conditioner system service.An authorized NISSAN dealer has thetrained technicians and equipment neededto recover and recycle your air conditionersystem refrigerant.

Contact an authorized NISSAN dealer whenservicing your air conditioner system.

ATI0510

10-8 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 219: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Model KA24DE VG33EType Gasoline, 4-cycle Gasoline, 4-cycleCylinder arrangement 4-cylinder in-line 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 60Â

Bore × Stroke in (mm) 3.504 × 3.780 (89.0 × 96.0) 3.602 x 3.268 (91.5 x 83.0)Displacement cu in (cm3) 145.78 (2,389) 199.84 (3,275)Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-2-3-4-5-6Idle speed rpm

See the ‘‘Emission Control Label’’ on the underside of the hood.Ignition timing degree (BTDC)at idle speed degree/rpmCO percentage at idle speed [No air] %

Spark plug

Platinum-tipped type(Standard for KA24DE)FR5AP-10 (Standard)FR6AP-10 (Cold)FR7AP-10 (Cold)

Platinum-tipped type(Standard for VG33E)FR4AP-10 (Hot)FR5AP-10 (Standard)FR6AP-10 (Cold)

Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing belt *2Generator belt size

Width × Length in (mm) 0.429 x 36.81 (10.9 x 935) 0.8409 x 41.93 (21.36 x 1,065)

*2: Periodic maintenance is necessary. See ″Periodic maintenance schedules″ in the ″Maintenance″ section.

The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference — Causing EquipmentRegulations.

ENGINE

Technical and consumer information 10-9

Z X

Page 220: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Grade Road wheel/offset in (mm) Tire Spare tire size

4X2 Regular cab: XE 15X6JJ/1.18 (30) Steel15X6JJ/1.38 (35) Alloy

P215/65R15P215/65R15

T135/70R16T135/70R16

King cab: XE, SE 15X6JJ/1.18 (30) Steel15X6JJ/1.38 (35) Alloy

P215/65R15P215/65R15

T135/70R16T135/70R16

4X4 Regular cab: XE 15X7J/1.57 (40) Steel15X7JJ/1.57 (40) Alloy

P235/70R15P235/70R15

P235/70R15P235/70R15

King cab: XE 15X7J/1.57 (40) Steel15X7JJ/1.57 (40) Alloy

P235/70R15P235/70R15

P235/70R15P235/70R15

SE 15X7JJ/1.57 (40) Alloy P265/70R15 P265/70R15

WHEEL/TIRE SIZE

10-10 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 221: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Unit: in (mm)

4x2 4x4

Regular Cab King Cab Regular Cab King Cab

Overall length*1 184.3 (4,681.2) 196.1 (4,980.9) 184.3 (4,681.2) 196.1 (4,980.9)

Overall width 66.5 (1,689.1) 66.5 (1,689.1) 71.9 (1,826.3) 71.9 (1,826.3)

Overall height 62.8 (1,595.1) 62.6 (1,590.0) 66.1 (1,678.9) 65.9 (1,673.9)

Front tread 54.9 (1,394.5) 54.9 (1,394.5) 60.0 (1,524.0) 60.0 (1,524.0)

Rear tread 54.7 (1,389.4) 54.7 (1,389.4) 59.3 (1,506.2) 59.3 (1,506.2)

Wheelbase 104.3 (2,649.2) 116.1 (2,948.9) 104.3 (2,649.2) 116.1 (2,948.9)

Gross vehicle weight ratinglb (kg)

See the ‘‘F.M.V.S.S. certification label’’ on the driver side lock pillar.Gross axle weight rating

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

*1: On step bumper equipped models, the bumper adds 6.6 in (168 mm) to the overall length.

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Technical and consumer information 10-11

Z X

Page 222: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

When planning to drive your NISSANvehicle in another country, you shouldfirst find out if the fuel available is suitablefor your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane rating maycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclescan be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid driving your vehicle in ar-eas where appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration ofyour vehicle to another country, state,province or district, it may be necessary tomodify the vehicle to meet local laws andregulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specificationsmay differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or dis-trict and registered, its modifications,transportation and registration are theresponsibility of the user. NISSAN is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number plate isattached to the top of the instrument panelon the driver’s side. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is used inthe vehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (Chassis number)

CA0018 ATI1009

REGISTERING YOURVEHICLE IN ANOTHERCOUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

10-12 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 223: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

FMVSS CERTIFICATION LABELThe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard(FMVSS) certification label is attached asshown. This label contains valuable vehicleinformation, such as: Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc.Review it carefully.

ATI1016 ATI1017 ATI1018

Technical and consumer information 10-13

Z X

Page 224: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABELThe emission control information label isattached to the underside of the hood asshown.

TIRE PLACARDThe cold tire pressure is shown on the tireplacard affixed to the inside of the glove boxlid.

AIR CONDITIONERSPECIFICATION LABELThe label is attached to the underside of thehood as shown.

ATI1011 ATI1019 ATI1013

10-14 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 225: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

1. Remove the two screw gromments fromthe glove box.

2. Carefully drill a hole using a 0.39 inch (10mm) drill bill at each location mark (smalldimple) on the bumper fascia.

3. Insert one grommet into each hole.

4. Insert a small screwdriver into the grom-met to turn the plastic insert.

5. Install the license plate with two M5 x 25mm bolts.

CAUTIONI It is extremely dangerous to ride in a

cargo area inside of a vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these ar-eas are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed.

I Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.

I Be sure everyone in your vehicle is ina seat and using a seat belt properly.

TermsIt is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

I Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) − vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment, fluids,emergency tools, and spare tireassembly. This weight does not includepassengers and cargo.

I GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) − curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

ATI1015

INSTALLING LICENSE PLATE VEHICLE LOADINGINFORMATION

Technical and consumer information 10-15

Z X

Page 226: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) −maximum total weight (load) limit speci-fied for the vehicle.

I GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) −maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle.

Determining Vehicle Load Capacity

The load capacity of this vehicle is deter-mined by weight, not by available cargospace. For example, a luggage rack, bikecarrier, cartop carrier or similar equipmentdoes not increase load carrying capacity ofyour vehicle.

To determine vehicle load capacity:

Vehicle weight can be determined by usinga commercial-grade scale, found at placessuch as a truck stop, gravel quarry, grainelevator, or a scrap metal recycling facility.

1) Determine the curb weight of your ve-hicle.

2) Compare the curb weight amount to theGVWR specified for your vehicle to de-termine how much more weight yourvehicle can carry.

3) After loading (cargo and passengers),

reweigh your vehicle to determine if ei-ther GVWR or GAWR for your vehicle isexceeded. If GVWR is exceeded, re-move cargo as necessary. If either thefront or rear GAWR is exceeded, shift theload or remove cargo as necessary.

Loading TipsI The GVW must not exceed GVWR or

GAWR as specified on the FMVSS Cer-tification Label.

I Do not load the front and rear axle to theGAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

I Loads should be spread out, and cargoshould be properly secured. Large orheavy objects should be placed towardthe front of the trunk box to help preventsliding or shifting.

SECURING THE LOADFor your convenience, tie down hooks areplaced at each corner of the truck box.These may be used to help secure cargoloaded into the truck box.

WARNINGI Properly secure all cargo with ropes

or straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

ATI1020

10-16 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 227: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I Do not place cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

I Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximumfront and rear GAWR’s. If you do,parts on your vehicle can break, or itcan change the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in loss ofcontrol and cause personal injury.

CAUTIONOverloading can shorten the life of yourvehicle. Failures caused by overloadingare not covered by your warranty.

This information is provided for you to prop-erly install a slide-in camper and is based onthe National Highway Traffic Safety Admin-istration regulations. It is recommendedthat, before installing the camper, you care-fully read the following information and en-sure that the camper meets the specifica-tions.

This information may not apply to someCanada model vehicles.

Special body vehiclesSome vehicles are equipped with commer-cial or camper bodies. However, this Own-er’s Manual does not cover these options.For further information, please refer to thebody manufacturer’s instruction manual.

Location for center of gravityThe illustration indicates the recommendedcargo center of gravity location zone.Regular cab:L1 = 950.0 mm (37.4 in), L2 = 1,077.0 mm(42.4 in)King cab:L1 = 960.1 mm (37.8 in), L2 = 1,087.1 mm(42.8 in)

ATI0703

TRUCK-CAMPER LOADING

Technical and consumer information 10-17

Z X

Page 228: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNINGImproper loading may be dangerous. Ifa load is too far back, it can affecthandling characteristics. If a load is toofar forward, the front axle may be over-loaded.

When the truck is used to carry a slide-incamper, the total cargo load of the truckconsists of the camper manufacturer’sweight figure, plus:

I the weight of installed additional camperequipment not included in the campermanufacturer’s weight figure,

I the weight of camper cargo,

I and the weight of occupants in thecamper.

The total cargo load should not exceed thetruck’s cargo weight rating and the camper’scenter of gravity should fall within the truck’s

recommended center of gravity locationzone when installed.

WARNINGOverloading or improper loading canadversely affect vehicle handling, brak-ing and performance and may lead toaccidents.

ATI0705

10-18 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 229: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Cargo Weight Rating Chart (KA24DE Engine)

2WD 4WD

Regular Cab King Cab Regular Cab King Cab

ManualTransmission

AutomaticTransmission

ManualTransmission

AutomaticTransmission

ManualTransmission

AutomaticTransmission

ManualTransmission

ManualTransmission

XE XE XE XE SE SE XE XE

lbs kg lbs kg lbs kg lbs kg lbs kg lbs kg lbs kg lbs kg

Federal 1400 635 1400 635 1330 603 1300 590 1400 635 1400 635 1400 635 1400 635

California 1400 635 1400 635 1330 603 1300 590 1400 635 1400 635 1400 635 1400 635

Canada 1400 635 1380 635 1320 599 1300 590 1400 635 1380 626 1400 635 1400 635

US Vehicles

1 Occupant 1250 567 1250 567 1180 535 1150 522 1250 567 1250 567 1250 567 1250 567

2 Occupants 1100 499 1100 499 1030 467 1000 454 1100 499 1100 499 1100 499 1100 499

3 Occupants 950 431 950 431 880 399 850 386 950 431 950 431 950 431 950 431

4 Occupants 800 363 800 363 730 331 700 318 800 363 800 363 800 363 800 363

Canadian Vehicles

1 Occupant 1246 565 1226 556 1166 529 1146 520 1246 565 1226 556 1246 565 1246 565

2 Occupants 1091 495 1071 486 1011 459 991 450 1091 495 1071 486 1091 495 1091 495

3 Occupants 937 425 917 416 857 389 837 380 937 425 917 416 937 425 937 425

4 Occupants 783 355 763 346 703 319 683 310 783 355 763 346 783 355 783 355

Technical and consumer information 10-19

Z X

Page 230: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Cargo Weight Rating Chart (VG33E Engine)4WD

King CabManual

TransmissionAutomatic

TransmissionManual

TransmissionAutomatic

TransmissionXE XE SE SE

lbs kg lbs kg lbs kg lbs kgFederal 1288 585 1269 575 1235 560 1213 550

California 1275 580 1256 570 1222 554 1200 544Canada 1275 580 1256 570 1190 540 1168 530

Federal Vehicles1 Occupant 1138 517 1119 509 1085 493 1063 4832 Occupants 988 449 969 441 935 425 913 4153 Occupants 838 381 819 372 785 357 763 3474 Occupants 688 313 669 304 635 288 613 278

California Vehicles1 Occupant 1125 511 1106 503 1072 487 1050 4772 Occupants 975 443 956 435 922 419 900 4093 Occupants 825 375 806 367 772 351 750 3414 Occupants 675 307 656 298 622 283 600 273

Canadian Vehicles1 Occupant 1125 511 1106 503 1040 473 1018 4632 Occupants 975 443 956 435 890 405 868 3953 Occupants 825 375 806 367 740 337 718 3264 Occupants 675 307 656 298 590 268 568 258

Measurement of weightsSecure loose items to prevent weight shiftsthat could affect the balance of your vehicle.When the truck camper is loaded, drive to ascale and weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determine axle loads.Individual axle loads should not exceedeither of the gross axle weight ratings(GAWR). The total of the axle loads shouldnot exceed the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR). These ratings are given on thevehicle certification label that is located onthe driver’s door lock pillar. If weight ratingsare exceeded, move or remove items tobring all weights below the ratings.

10-20 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 231: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo.Remember that towing a trailer will placeadditional loads on your vehicle’s engine,drive train, steering, braking and other sys-tems.

A Nissan Trailer Towing Guide is availablefrom an authorized NISSAN dealer. Thisguide includes information on trailer towingability and the special equipment requiredfor proper towing.

Maximum load limitsMaximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceedthe value specified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart. The total trailerload equals trailer weight plus its cargoweight.

I When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lb(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross CombinedWeight Rating) should not exceed the valuespecified in the following Towing Load/Specification Chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight ofthe towing vehicle (including passengersand cargo) plus the total trailer load. Towingloads greater than these or using impropertowing equipment could adversely affectvehicle handling, braking and performance.

WARNINGVehicle damage and/or personal injuryresulting from improper towing proce-dures is not covered by NISSAN war-

ranties. Information on trailer towingand required towing equipment shouldbe obtained from dealers who special-ize in providing trailers or other towingequipment.

Tongue load

Keep the tongue load between 9 to 11percent of the total trailer load within themaximum tongue load limits shown in thefollowing Towing Load/Specification Chart.If the tongue load becomes excessive, re-arrange cargo to allow for proper tongueload.

CA0009

TRAILER TOWING

Technical and consumer information 10-21

Z X

Page 232: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Maximum gross vehicle weight/maximumgross axle weight

The gross vehicle weight of the towingvehicle must not exceed the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) shown on theFMVSS certification label. The gross vehicleweight equals the combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. In addition, front or reargross axle weight must not exceed thegross axle weight rating (GAWR) shown onthe FMVSS certification label.

CA0036

10-22 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 233: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Unit: lb (kg)

MODEL

WEIGHT

2WD TRUCK 4WD TRUCK

M/T A/T M/T A/T

MAXIMUMTRAILER

WEIGHT*13,500 (1,588) 2,000 (907) 3,500 (1,588) 5,000 (2,268)

MAXIMUMTONGUE

LOAD350 (159) 200 (91) 350 (159) 500 (227)

GROSSCOMBINED

WEIGHTRATING

7,000 (3,175) 5,500 (2,495) 7,700 (3,493) 9,500 (4,309)

RECOMMENDEDEQUIPMENT*2

Sway Control Device (SCD) — Sway Control Device (SCD) Sway Control Device (SCD)

*1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. NISSAN recommends the use of a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3,000lb (1,361 kg).

*2: A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Sway control devices are not offered by NISSAN. See a professionaltrailer/hitch outlet for a properly designed sway control device for your trailer.

M/T = Manual TransmissionA/T = Automatic Transmission2WD = 2-wheel drive4WD = 4-wheel drive

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

Technical and consumer information 10-23

Z X

Page 234: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Trailer hitchCheck the towing capacity of your bumperhitch or receiver-type frame mounted hitch.Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A genuine Nissan trailer hitch is avail-able from your NISSAN dealer (Canadaonly). Make sure the trailer hitch is securelyattached to the vehicle to help avoid per-sonal injury or property damage due tosway caused by crosswinds, rough roadsurfaces or passing trucks.

CAUTIONI Special hitches which include frame

reinforcements are required for tow-ing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Suitablegenuine NISSAN hitches for pickuptrucks are available at an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

I Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

I Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. when thehitch is installed.

I To reduce the possibility of addi-tional damage if your vehicle isstruck from the rear, where practical,

remove the hitch when not in use.Remove receiver when not in use.After the hitch is removed, seal thebolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes,water or dust from entering the pas-senger compartment.

I Check regularly to make sure that alltrailer hitch mounting bolts are se-curely fastened.

Tire pressuresI When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle

tires to the recommended cold tire pres-sure indicated on the tire placard (af-fixed to the inside of the glove box lid).

I Trailer tire condition, size, load ratingand proper inflation pressure should bein accordance with the trailer and tiremanufacturers’ specifications.

Safety chainAlways use suitable safety chains betweenyour vehicle and the trailer. Safety chainsshould be crossed and should be attachedto the hitch, not to the vehicle bumper oraxle. Be sure to leave enough slack in thechain to permit turning corners.

Trailer lights

Trailer lights should comply with Federaland/or local regulations. For assistance inhooking up trailer lights, contact an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to Federaland/or local regulations and that it is prop-erly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

I Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded and/or unloadedtrailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicleif it has an abnormal nose-up or nose-down condition; check for impropertongue load, overload, worn suspensionor other possible causes of either con-dition.

I Always secure items in the trailer to

10-24 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 235: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

prevent load shift while driving.

I Be certain your outside mirrors conformto all federal, state or local regulations. Ifnot, install any mirrors required for tow-ing before driving the vehicle.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understandingof the vehicle’s behavior, you should prac-tice turning, stopping and backing up in anarea which is free from traffic. Steering,stability and braking performance will besomewhat different than under normal driv-ing conditions.

I Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

I Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration orstops.

I Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

I Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

I Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on aslope is not recommended; however, ifyou must do so, and if your vehicle isequipped with automatic transmission,

first block the wheels and apply theparking brake, and then move the trans-mission shift selector lever into the P(Park) position. If you move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position beforeblocking the wheels and applying theparking brake, transmission damagecould occur.

I When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When ascending a long grade, down-shift the transmission to a lower gearand reduce speed to reduce chances ofengine overloading and/or overheating.However, for long steep grades, do notstay in 1st or 2nd gear when drivingabove 35 MPH (56 km/h).

I If the engine coolant rises to an ex-tremely high temperature when the airconditioning system is on, turn off the airconditioner. Coolant heat can be addi-tionally vented by opening the windows,switching the fan control to high andsetting the temperature control to theHOT position.

I Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

I Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’s

first 500 miles (805 km).

I Have your vehicle serviced more oftenthan at intervals specified in the recom-mended Maintenance Schedule.

I When making a turn, your trailer wheelswill be closer to the inside of the turnthan your vehicle wheels. To compen-sate for this, make a larger than normalturning radius during the turn.

I Crosswinds and rough roads adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possiblycausing vehicle sway. When beingpassed by larger vehicles, be preparedfor possible changes in crosswinds thatcould affect vehicle handling. If swayingdoes occur, firmly grip the steeringwheel, steer straight ahead, and imme-diately (but gradually) reduce vehiclespeed. This combination helps to stabi-lize the vehicle. Never increase speed.

I Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than normalpassing. Remember the length of thetrailer must also pass the other vehiclebefore you can safely change lanes.

Technical and consumer information 10-25

Z X

Page 236: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

I To maintain engine braking efficiencyand electrical charging performance, donot use fifth gear (manual transmission)or overdrive (automatic transmission).

I Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could causethe brakes to overheat, resulting in re-duced braking efficiency.

When towing a trailer, change oil in thetransmission more frequently. For addi-tional information see the ‘‘Maintenance’’section earlier in this manual.

DOT Quality Grades: All passenger car tiresmust conform to Federal Safety Require-ments in addition to these grades.

TreadwearTreadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on tire wear rate when tested undercontrolled conditions on specified govern-ment test courses. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and a half(1-1/2) times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100. However, rela-tive tire performance depends on actualdriving conditions, and may vary signifi-cantly due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and CThe traction grades from highest to lowestare AA, A, B, and C. Those grades repre-sent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-ment as measured under controlled condi-tions on specified government test surfacesof asphalt and concrete. A tire marked Cmay have poor traction performance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to your ve-hicle tires is based on straight-aheadbraking traction tests, and does not in-clude acceleration, cornering, hydro-planing, or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and CTemperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C. They represent a tire’s resistance toheat build-up, and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperature cancause tire material to degenerate, reducingtire life. Excessive temperatures can lead tosudden tire failure. Grade C corresponds toa performance level which all passenger cartires must meet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades Aand B represent higher levels of perfor-mance on laboratory test wheels than theminimum required by law.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITYGRADING

10-26 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 237: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat build-up andpossible tire failure.

Your NISSAN is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US:1) Emission Defects Warranty

2) Emission Performance Warranty

For CanadaEmission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty Information and Maintenance LogBooklet which comes with your NISSAN. Ifyou did not receive a Warranty Informationand Maintenance Log Booklet, or it be-comes lost, you may obtain a replacementby writing to:

I Nissan Motor Corporation USAConsumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191Gardena, CA 90248-0191

I Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition to no-tifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may either call theAuto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the Washington, D.C.area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S. Depart-ment of Transportation, Washington, D.C.20590. You can also obtain other informa-tion about motor vehicle safety from theHotline.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-NISSAN-1.

In Hawaii call (808) 836-0888.

EMISSION CONTROLSYSTEM WARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETYDEFECTS (US only)

Technical and consumer information 10-27

Z X

Page 238: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Due to legal requirements in some statesand Canadian provinces, your vehicle maybe required to be in the ready condition foran Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of theemission control system.

The vehicle is set to the ready conditionwhen it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the ready condition canbe obtained by ordinary usage of the ve-hicle.

If a powertrain system component is re-paired or the battery is disconnected, thevehicle may be reset to a not ready condi-tion. Before taking the I/M test, drive thevehicle through the following pattern to setthe vehicle to the ready condition. If youcannot or do not want to perform the drivingpattern, an authorized NISSAN dealer canconduct it for you.

WARNINGAlways drive the vehicle in a safe man-ner according to traffic conditions andobey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine when the engine coolanttemperature gauge needle points to C.Allow the engine to idle until the gaugeneedle points between the C and H (nor-mal operating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 mph (88km/h), then quickly release the accelera-tor pedal completely and keep it releasedfor at least 6 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal fora moment, then drive the vehicle at aspeed of 53 to 60 mph (85 to 97 km/h) forat least 5 minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 mph (55km/h) and maintain the speed for 20seconds.

6. Repeat steps four through five least threetimes.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 mph (88km/h) and maintain the speed for at least3 minutes.

8. Stop the vehicle and turn the engine off.

9. Repeat steps one through eight at leastone more time.

If step one through seven interrupted, repeatthe preceding step. Any safe driving mode isacceptable between steps. Do not stop theengine until step seven is completed.

READINESS FORINSPECTION/MAINTENANCE(I/M) TEST (US only)

10-28 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 239: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams, illus-trations and step-by-step diagnostic and ad-justment procedures, this manual is the sameone used by the factory trained techniciansworking at your NISSAN dealership. Also avail-able are genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals.For current pricing and availability of a genuineNISSAN Service Manual or genuine NISSANOwner’s Manual, contact:

In the USA:See your NISSAN dealer or contact:

Dyment Distribution Services20770 Westwood Dr.Strongsville OH 44136

In a hurry? Call 1-800-247-5321 and chargeyour purchase to Visa/Master Card.

In Canada:To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual pleasecontact your nearest NISSAN dealer. For thephone number and location of a NISSANDealer in your area call the NISSAN Satisfac-tion Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingualNISSAN representative will assist you.Also available are Genuine NISSAN Serviceand Owner’s Manuals for older NISSANmodels.

Technical and consumer information 10-29

Z X

Page 240: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

MEMO

10-30 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 241: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

11 Index

A

Air bagPassenger supplemental air bag ON/OFFswitch and light ..................................... 1-14

Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem) ...................................................... 1-12Air bag warning light.................................. 1-17Air cleaner housing filter............................ 8-21Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ........................ 4-5Air conditioner service .......................... 4-10Air conditioner specification label ....... 10-14Air conditioner system refrigerant andlubrication recommendations................ 10-8Heater and air conditioner controls ........ 4-3

Air flow charts .............................................. 4-7Alarm system (See theft warning) ............. 2-13Anchor point locations ............................... 1-36Antenna

Power.................................................... 4-23Anti-lock brake system (ABS).................... 5-29Anti-lock brake system, rear (R-ABS) ....... 5-29Ashtray (See cigarette lighter andashtray) ...................................................... 2-18Audio system

AM-FM radio with cassette player ........ 4-11AM-FM radio with cassette player, compactdisc player and sub-woofer .................. 4-16

Auto-lock free-running hubs ...................... 5-20Automatic

Automatic power window switch .......... 2-23Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)....... 8-13Driving with automatic transmission....... 5-6Transmission selector lever lockrelease .................................................. 5-10

B

Battery........................................................ 8-16Battery Replacement (See multi-remote controlsystem) ........................................................ 3-7Before starting the engine ........................... 5-6Belts (See drive belts) ............................... 8-18Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) .............. 5-29Anti-lock brake system, rear (R-ABS) .. 5-29Brake booster ....................................... 8-25Brake fluid ................................... 10-3, 8-15Brake light (See stop light) ................... 8-29Brake pedal .......................................... 8-24Brake system........................................ 5-28Brake warning light ................................. 2-8Brake wear indicators.................. 2-11, 8-25Parking brake check............................. 8-24Parking brake operation ....................... 5-14

Break-in schedule ...................................... 5-18

Bulb check/instrument panel ....................... 2-7Bulb replacement....................................... 8-29

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants.................................................... 10-2Cargo (See vehicle loading information) . 10-15Cassette player (See audio system) ......... 4-11CB radio or car phone ............................... 4-23Check engine indicator light (See malfunctionindicator light)............................................. 2-11Child restraint with top tether strap ........... 1-35Child restraints........................................... 1-28Cigarette lighter (accessory) and ashtray . 2-18Cleaning exterior and interior ...................... 7-2Clutch

Clutch fluid............................................ 8-15Clutch pedal.......................................... 8-26

Cold weather driving.................................. 5-30Controls

Heater and air conditioner controls ........ 4-3Coolant

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .............................................. 10-2Changing engine coolant........................ 8-6Checking engine coolant level ............... 8-5Engine coolant temperature gauge ........ 2-5

Z X

Page 242: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Corrosion protection .................................... 7-4Cruise control............................................. 5-16Cup holder ................................................. 2-20

D

Daytime running light system (Canadaonly) ........................................................... 2-15Dimensions and weights.......................... 10-11Door locks.................................................... 3-2Drive belts.................................................. 8-18Driving

Auto-lock free-running hubs ................. 5-20Cold weather driving............................. 5-30Driving with automatic transmission....... 5-6Driving with manual transmission......... 5-12Driving your 4-wheel drive safely ......... 5-24Manual-lock free-running hubs............. 5-22Precautions when starting and driving ... 5-2

E

Economy - fuel........................................... 5-18Emission control information label........... 10-14Emission control system warranty........... 10-27Engine

Before starting the engine ...................... 5-6Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .............................................. 10-2Changing engine coolant........................ 8-6Changing engine oil.............................. 8-10

Changing engine oil filter...................... 8-12Checking engine coolant level ............... 8-5Checking engine oil level ....................... 8-9Engine compartment check locations .... 8-3Engine coolant temperature gauge ........ 2-5Engine cooling system ........................... 8-5Engine oil ................................................ 8-9Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation ................................... 10-6Engine oil pressure warning light ........... 2-9Engine oil viscosity ............................... 10-7Engine serial number ......................... 10-13Engine specifications............................ 10-9Starting the engine ............................... 5-14

Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide)................. 5-2

F

Flashers (See hazard warning flasherswitch)........................................................ 2-18Flat tire......................................................... 6-2Floor mat positioning aid ............................. 7-4Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)....... 8-13Brake fluid ................................... 10-3, 8-15Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .............................................. 10-2Clutch fluid............................................ 8-15Engine coolant........................................ 8-5Engine oil ................................................ 8-9Power steering fluid.............................. 8-14Window washer fluid ............................ 8-16

F.M.V.S.S. certification label .................... 10-13Front seats

Bench...................................................... 1-6Separate ................................................. 1-2

FuelCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .............................................. 10-2Fuel economy ....................................... 5-18Fuel filler cap .......................................... 3-9Fuel gauge.............................................. 2-6Fuel octane rating................................. 10-5Fuel recommendation........................... 10-4

Fuses ......................................................... 8-27

G

GaugeEngine coolant temperature gauge ........ 2-5Fuel gauge.............................................. 2-6Odometer................................................ 2-3Speedometer .......................................... 2-3Tachometer ............................................. 2-5

General maintenance .................................. 9-2

H

Hazard warning flasher switch .................. 2-18Headlight and turn signal switch ............... 2-15Headlights .................................................. 8-28Heater

Heater and air conditioner controls ........ 4-3

11-2

Z X

Page 243: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Heater operation..................................... 4-4Heater operation .......................................... 4-4Hood release ............................................... 3-8Hubs

Auto-lock free-running hubs ................. 5-20Manual-lock free-running hubs............. 5-22

I

Ignition switch .............................................. 5-4Indicator lights and chimes (See warning/indicator lights and chimes)......................... 2-7Inside mirror............................................... 3-14Instrument brightness control .................... 2-17Interior light and cargo light....................... 2-21

J

JackPantograph type ..................................... 6-5

Jump seat .................................................... 1-8Jump starting ............................................... 6-8

K

Key............................................................... 3-2Keyless entry system (See multi-remote controlsystem) ........................................................ 3-4

L

LabelsAir conditioner specification label ....... 10-14Emission control information label...... 10-14Engine serial number ......................... 10-13F.M.V.S.S. certification label ............... 10-13Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate .................................................... 10-12Warning labels (for SRS)...................... 1-17

LightAir bag warning light............................. 1-17Brake light (See stop light) ................... 8-29Bulb check/instrument panel .................. 2-7Bulb replacement.................................. 8-29Headlight and turn signal switch .......... 2-15Headlights............................................. 8-28Interior light and cargo light.................. 2-21Light bulbs ............................................ 8-28Passenger supplemental air bag ON/OFFswitch and light ..................................... 1-14Spotlights (See map light) .................... 2-21Warning/indicator lights and chimes....... 2-7

LockDoor locks............................................... 3-2Power door lock...................................... 3-3

Luggage (See vehicle loadinginformation ............................................... 10-15

M

Maintenance

General maintenance ............................. 9-2Inside the vehicle.................................... 9-3Maintenance precautions ....................... 8-2Outside the vehicle................................. 9-2Periodic maintenance schedules............ 9-5Seat belt maintenance.......................... 1-27Under the hood and vehicle ................... 9-4

Malfunction indicator light .......................... 2-11Manual windows ........................................ 2-22Manual-lock free-running hubs .................. 5-22Map light .................................................... 2-21Meters and gauges...................................... 2-2Mirror

Inside mirror.......................................... 3-14Outside mirror control ........................... 3-13Outside mirrors ..................................... 3-14Vanity mirror.......................................... 3-15

Multi-remote control system ........................ 3-4

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating) ...... 10-5Odometer ..................................................... 2-3Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .............................................. 10-2Changing engine oil.............................. 8-10Changing engine oil filter...................... 8-12Checking engine oil level ....................... 8-9Engine oil ................................................ 8-9Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation ................................... 10-6

11-3

Z X

Page 244: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Engine oil viscosity ............................... 10-7Outside mirror control ................................ 3-13Outside mirrors .......................................... 3-14Overdrive switch ........................................ 5-11Overheat

If your vehicle overheats ...................... 6-10Owner’s manual order form..................... 10-29

P

Pantograph type jack................................... 6-5Parking

Parking brake check............................. 8-24Parking brake operation ....................... 5-14Parking/parking on hills ........................ 5-27

Passenger supplemental air bag ON/OFFswitch and light

Passenger supplemental air bag ON/OFFswitch and light ..................................... 1-14

Periodic maintenance schedules................. 9-5Power

Power antenna ..................................... 4-23Power door lock...................................... 3-3Power steering fluid.............................. 8-14Power steering system ......................... 5-28Power windows..................................... 2-22

PrecautionsMaintenance precautions ....................... 8-2On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions ............................................. 5-3Precautions on seat belt usage............ 1-19Precautions when starting and driving ... 5-2

Push starting................................................ 6-9

R

RadioAM-FM radio with cassette player ........ 4-11AM-FM radio with cassette player, compactdisc player and sub-woofer .................. 4-16CB radio or car phone.......................... 4-23

Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M)test ........................................................... 10-28Rear anti-lock brake warning light............. 2-10Rear sliding window................................... 2-23Registering your vehicle in anothercountry ..................................................... 10-12Remote keyless entry system (Seemulti-remote control system) ....................... 3-4Reporting safety defects (USA)............... 10-27

S

SafetyReporting safety defects (USA).......... 10-27

SeatJump seat ............................................... 1-8

Seat belt2-point type without retractor................ 1-253-point type with retractor..................... 1-22Precautions on seat belt usage............ 1-19Seat belt extenders .............................. 1-27Seat belt maintenance.......................... 1-27Seat belts.............................................. 1-19

Seat belt warning light ................................. 2-8Seats

Adjustment.............................................. 1-2Bench seat.............................................. 1-6Separate seats ....................................... 1-2

Service manual order form ...................... 10-29Shifting

Automatic transmission .......................... 5-7Manual transmission............................. 5-13

Spark plug replacement............................. 8-19Speedometer ............................................... 2-3Spotlights (See map light) ......................... 2-21SRS warning label ..................................... 1-17Starting

Before starting the engine ...................... 5-6Jump starting .......................................... 6-8Precautions when starting and driving ... 5-2Push starting........................................... 6-9Starting the engine ............................... 5-14

SteeringPower steering fluid.............................. 8-14Power steering system ......................... 5-28Tilting steering wheel............................ 3-13

Stop light.................................................... 8-29Sun shade.................................................. 2-25Sunroof ...................................................... 2-24Supplemental restraint system (Supplementalair bag system) ............................................ 1-9Switch

Automatic power window switch .......... 2-23Hazard warning flasher switch ............. 2-18Headlight and turn signal switch .......... 2-15

11-4

Z X

Page 245: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Ignition switch ......................................... 5-4Overdrive switch ................................... 5-11Passenger supplemental air bag ON/OFFswitch and light ..................................... 1-14Windshield wiper and washer switch ... 2-17

T

Tachometer .................................................. 2-5Tailgate latch.............................................. 3-10Theft warning ............................................. 2-13Three way catalyst....................................... 5-2Tie down hooks.......................................... 3-12Tilting steering wheel ................................. 3-13Tire

Flat tire.................................................... 6-2Spare tire .............................................. 8-36Tire chains ............................................ 8-33Tire placard......................................... 10-14Tire pressure......................................... 8-32Tire rotation........................................... 8-34Tires of 4-wheel drive ........................... 8-35Types of tires ........................................ 8-32Uniform tire quality grading ................ 10-26Wheels and tires................................... 8-32Wheel/tire size .................................... 10-10

Towing2-wheel drive models ........................... 6-124-wheel drive models ........................... 6-12Tow truck towing ................................... 6-11Towing load/specification chart........... 10-23Trailer towing ...................................... 10-21

Transfer case............................................. 5-19Transmission

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)....... 8-13Driving with automatic transmission....... 5-6Driving with manual transmission......... 5-12Selector lever lock release ................... 5-10

Travel (See registering your vehicle in anothercountry) .................................................... 10-12Truck - camper loading............................ 10-17Tuning ........................................................ 4-12Turn signal switch (See headlight and turnsignal switch) ............................................. 2-15

U

Uniform tire quality grading ..................... 10-26

V

Vanity mirror............................................... 3-15Vehicle dimensions and weights.............. 10-11Vehicle identification number (VIN) (chassisnumber).................................................... 10-12Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate ......................................................... 10-12Vehicle loading information...................... 10-15Vehicle recovery ........................................ 6-13Ventilators .................................................... 4-2

W

WarningAir bag warning light............................. 1-17Hazard warning flasher switch ............. 2-18Theft warning........................................ 2-13Warning labels (for SRS)...................... 1-17Warning/indicator lights and chimes....... 2-7

Weights (See dimensions and weights) .. 10-11Wheels and tires........................................ 8-32Wheel/tire size ......................................... 10-10When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country........................................ 10-12Window washer fluid.................................. 8-15Windows

Manual windows ................................... 2-22Power windows..................................... 2-22Rear sliding window ............................. 2-23

Windshield wiper and washer switch ........ 2-17Wiper

Windshield wiper and washer switch ... 2-17Wiper blades......................................... 8-23

11-5

Z X

Page 246: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

Recommended fuel:

Unleaded gasoline, at least 87 AKI number(RON 91)

For further details such as gasohol or dieselfuel grade, see ‘‘Fuel recommendation’’ inthe ‘‘Technical and consumer information’’section.

Recommended engine oil:

I API Certification Mark

I API grade SG/SH Energy Conserving IIor API grade SJ Energy Conserving

I ILSAC grade GF-II

See ″Engine oil and filter recommendatio-n″in the ‘‘Technical and consumer informa-tion’’ section.

Tire cold pressure:See the tire placard affixed to the inside ofthe glove box lid.

Recommended new vehiclebreak-in procedure:During the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the ‘‘BREAK-IN SCHEDULE’’

found in the ‘‘Starting and Driving’’ section ofthis Owner’s Manual. Follow these recom-mendations for the future reliability andeconomy of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations may result invehicle damage or shortened engine life.

(page)

I In case of emergency ...................... 6-1(Flat tire, engine will not start, overheat-ing, towing)

I How to start the engine ................... 5-1

I How to read the meters andgauges ............................................. 2-1

I Maintenance schedule..................... 9-1

I Do-it-yourself operations.................. 8-1

I Technical and consumerinformation ..................................... 10-1

GAS STATION INFORMATION QUICK REFERENCE

Z X

Page 247: IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL · 2015-11-30 · Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 ... Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and

AGS1012

Z X


Recommended